Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Restaurants / Dunkin Brands Group / FY2016 Annual Report

Dunkin Brands Group
Annual Report 2016

DNKN · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker DNKN
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Restaurants
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Dunkin Brands Group
Loading PDF…
D

u

n

e

l

m

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

p

e

r

i

o

d

e

n

d

e

d

2

J

u

l

y

2

0

1

6

Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts  
for the period ended 2 July 2016

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   3

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:57:10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
About us

Dunelm is the UK’s No. 1 Homewares retailer offering over 26,000 quality products 
across more than 28 different departments. The business operates from 152 ‘out-of-
town’ superstores, five high streets and provides further ‘multi-channel’ convenience 
through online, mobile, catalogue, telephone ordering and reserve & collect 
propositions.

We create value through our products, customer focus, people and business strength 
(as demonstrated in our business model on page 5). This underpins our three-pillar 
strategy through which we intend to achieve our overall objective of growing sales by 
50% in the medium term (see our strategy on pages 6 to 9).

INVESTMENT  PROPOSITION

Customer Offer
We provide customers with unrivalled 
choice with over 26,000 lines across 
all key homewares categories, offering 
excellent value for money, and supported 
by friendly and knowledgeable customer 
service.

Property Portfolio
Our portfolio of 152 UK superstores 
comprises good quality trading locations 
at low average rents.

Supplier Relationships
We have a number of long-established 
UK suppliers who are well placed to 
support the growth and development of 
our ranges.

Scale
As market leader and with a focus purely 
on homewares, we are able to leverage 
economies of scale whilst continuing 
to build on our expertise in our chosen 
categories.

Multi-channel Capability
We have a high quality website allowing 
customers to shop with us online for 
home delivery or to reserve products for 
collection in store.

Financial Strength
With a highly cash generative business 
model and conservative capital structure, 
we are able to take a long-term view of 
both trading and investment decisions.

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   4

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:57:11

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           
dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Navigating the reportLook out for these iconsRead more in this reportFind more information online at  www.dunelm.com@ContentsChairman’s Statement 3Marketplace 4Business Model 5Strategy 6UK Store Locations 7Strategic Initiatives 8Chief Executive’s Review 10Key Performance Indicators 12Chief Financial Officer’s Review 14Risks and Risk Management 17Principal Risks and Uncertainties 19Corporate Social Responsibility 26Directors and Officers  36Chairman’s Letter 39Corporate Governance Report 40Letter from the Chair of the Audit  and Risk Committee 47Audit and Risk Committee Report 48Letter from the Chair of the  Remuneration Committee 52Executive Remuneration structure - At a Glance  53Remuneration Report 54Letter from the Chair of the  Nominations Committee 78Nominations Committee Report 79Directors’ Report 82Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities 84Independent Auditors’ Report  86 Consolidated Income Statement 91Consolidated Statement of  Comprehensive Income 92Consolidated Statement of  Financial Position 93Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 94Consolidated Statement of Changes  in Equity 95Accounting Policies 96Notes to the Annual Financial Statements 100Parent Company Statement of  Financial Position 116Parent Company Statement  of Cash Flows 116Parent Company Statement  of Changes in Equity 117Parent Company Accounting Policies 118Notes to the Parent Company  Financial Statements 119Company Information Advisers and Contacts 125Store Listing 126financialsstrategic reportstrategic reportgovernance1Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016Revenue£880.9m (2015: £822.7m† )Operating  profit £129.3m (2015: £121.3m† )Profit  before tax£128.9m (2015: £122.6m*  )Net cash  from  operations £148.2m (2015: £118.2m*  )6 new  stores openedLike-for-like sales  up 2.5%Home delivery  sales up 23.2%Continued  investment in our infrastructureSpecial distribution  of 31.5p per shareDividend policy change to reduce ordinary dividend cover to a range of  1.75× to 2.25×*  2016 was a 52 week accounting period whilst the comparative was a 53 week accounting period. The additional 53rd week contributed £13.1m of revenue and £1.2m of operating profit.†  52 weeksDunelm AR2016-front.indd   120/10/2016   15:57:16Strategic report

2

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   2

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:57:24

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

@

Read more online at  
dunelm.production.investis.com

The competitive landscape in retail 
continues to change at a fast pace 
with the growth of new competition, 
especially online. Our operating model 
has allowed us to gain market share in 
times of uncertainty, and post-Brexit,  
we are confident the same opportunities 
exist now. We have ambitious plans 
to continue to grow our business and 
we intend to grasp the opportunities 
to further strengthen our competitive 
position. We remain confident in the 
Dunelm proposition and look forward to 
reporting further progress.

Andy Harrison 
Chairman 
14 September 2016

Chairman’s Statement

Andy Harrison Chairman

I am pleased to report another year 
of good progress for Dunelm. On a 
consistent 52-week basis, we grew 
our total sales by 7.1%, driven by the 
opening of six new stores, 1.0% growth 
in our like-for-like store sales and 23.2% 
growth in our home delivery sales. We 
converted this revenue growth into 6.2% 
growth (5.1% growth on a 53-week basis) 
in pre-tax profits and 7.5% growth (6.3% 
growth on a 53-week basis) in earnings 
per share, notwithstanding our sustained 
investment in the business. 

This profit growth, coupled with strong 
cash flow, allows us to propose a 19.4% 
increase in the final dividend, which 
would increase the full year dividend by 
16.7%. In addition, we paid a special 
dividend of 31.5 pence per share during 
the year, bringing the total dividend 
proposed for the year to 56.6 pence 
per share, some £115m in shareholder 
distributions. In view of the scale of the 
special dividends in recent years, the 
Board has refined our dividend policy 
to provide a slightly higher ordinary 
dividend pay-out ratio, the details of 
which are included in the Chief Financial 
Officer’s report.

Dunelm has become the UK’s leading 
homewares retailer by offering customers 
an unrivalled proposition through our 
national network of 152 superstores and 
website, providing an extensive choice 
of good quality, great value products, 
backed up by the knowledge and 
expertise of nearly 9,000 colleagues. 
Let me thank all our colleagues for 
their tremendous contribution to our 
continuing success. We really appreciate 
their hard work and dedication.

Our Chief Executive, John Browett, 
describes in the following report the 
key initiatives which our teams are 
implementing to further strengthen our 
business and support future growth. 
These initiatives, which represent a 
considerable investment in the business, 
include exciting new store designs, 
investment in our online shop and its 
supporting infrastructure, and improved 
supply chain and warehousing which 
will improve product availability and 
efficiency. In addition, we shall continue 
to invest in our people with increased 
training and talent development 
programmes. In short, we aim to give our 
customers even more reasons to shop at 
Dunelm and to make Dunelm a better 
place for our colleagues to work.

We have successfully navigated a year 
of considerable change in our Board, 
with John Browett formally taking the 
CEO reins in January 2016, Keith Down 
becoming our new CFO in December 
2015 and two new Non-Executive 
Directors, William Reeve and Peter 
Ruis, joining our Board. John has also 
strengthened our Executive team with a 
number of new appointments, which are 
central to delivering our plans. We are 
pleased to have brought in strong new 
leadership whilst maintaining Dunelm’s 
distinct business principles and culture, 
which have sustained our growth since 
the business was founded by Bill and 
Jean Adderley in 1979. We are proud of 
our culture which is exemplified by our 
Deputy Chairman, Will Adderley.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

3

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   3

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:57:28

 
Marketplace

We continue to enhance our proposition to take advantage 
of market changes and opportunities, with our online channel 
being a key area of focus for us.

@

Read more online at  
dunelm.production.investis.com

MARKET SIZE AND GROWTH

The market has seen continued growth in the past year. 
There has been no immediate impact of Brexit but it is 
too early to ascertain longer term impact on demand in 
the homewares market. The UK homewares market is 
estimated to reach £11.6bn in 2016.

Market size 
£bn

10.8

10.9

11.0

11.2

11.4

MARKET SHARE

Dunelm continues to grow share and affirm its position 
with clear market leadership. Whilst the market remains 
fragmented, the top three retailers continue to grow 
share and now have a combined share of 19.2% vs 
15.1% four years ago.

DRIVERS OF RETAILER SELECTION

Value for money is the most important consideration for 
a homewares customer, followed by quality and price. 
Dunelm’s proposition enables customers to buy across 
a broad spectrum of both price and quality. Dunelm has 
a market leading range and its key customer service 
metric, net promoter score, is consistently high.

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

Source: Verdict Retail

Market share 
%

    Calendar Year  

2011

2015

Dunelm 

5.9%

8.1%

John Lewis

5.5%

6.4%

IKEA

Top 10 

3.7%

4.7%

42.2% 47.3%

Source: Verdict Retail

Top five drivers of homewares 
retail selection
% of customers citing reasons as important when 
selecting homewares retailers

92%

91%

90%

84%

Value for money

Quality

Price

Range

Service

70%

Source: Verdict Retail

4

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   4

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:57:32

PRODUCT

PEOPLE

 
 
Business Model

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

WHAT WE DO…
Dunelm is the market leader in the £11.6bn United Kingdom Homewares market. We 
currently operate 157 stores, of which 152 are out-of town superstores and five are located on 
high streets, and an online store to be found at www.dunelm.com.

Read more online at  

dunelm.production.investis.com

PRODUCT

CUSTOMER FOCUS

We source over 26,000 homewares products 
across all key homewares categories, the 
majority under our own brands.

We have a number of long-established suppliers 
who are well placed to support the growth and 
development of our ranges.

We provide customers with an unrivalled range of 
products, offering excellent value for money, which 
they can purchase at their convenience (in one of our 
152 nationwide superstores, from our website or our 
catalogue for home delivery or collection in store).

Our depth of range is supported by  
friendly and knowledgeable  
customer service.

Va l u e

 X Customers
 X Colleagues
 X Shareholders
 X Communities

Delivering value for our:

PEOPLE

We employ almost  
9,000 people, the majority in  
our stores, but also in our store support centre,  
in our warehouse and in our contact centre.

Our Board, Executive Board and Senior 
Management Team comprise a range of high 
calibre individuals with a depth of retail experience, 
supported by our enthusiastic, hardworking, 
knowledgeable colleagues across the business.

We offer competitive remuneration and great 
prospects for training, development and promotion.

BUSINESS  
STRENGTH
As market leader, and with a focus purely on  
homewares, we are able to leverage economies  
of scale whilst continuing to build on our expertise in our 
chosen categories.

Our portfolio of superstores comprises good quality 
trading locations at low average rents, and our online offer 
combines value, choice and convenience.

With a highly cash generative business model and 
conservative capital structure, we are able to take a long-
term view of both trading and investment decisions.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

5

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   5

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:57:37

 
24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5We aim to deliver shareholder value through long-term, sustainable, profitable growth.As such, we have adopted a three-pillar growth strategy underpinned by eight core initiatives in order to achieve our objective of 50% sales growth in the medium term.See pages 8 to 9 for more informationLFL STORES  SALES GROWTHPRODUCTCUSTOMER FOCUSPEOPLEBUSINESS STRENGTH50% Growth...and our four key enablers:...which are supported by eight core initiatives:...via our three strategic pillars: zRange development  (including Dorma) zColleague engagement and ‘Customer First’ programme zInvestments in store environment (‘Great place to shop’) zEmphasis on stronger seasonal campaigns zIncreased focus on  digital marketing zInvestment in enhanced  delivery options zFurther expansion into online product range123NATIONAL COVERAGE THROUGH ROLLING OUT NEW  STORESGROWING SALES AND  PROFIT THROUGH THE  HOME DELIVERY CHANNEL1 3ONLINE zTarget of 200 superstores  in the UK zAverage payback period of  30 months zParticular focus on expansion in London & South EastWe’ll achieve  our target of 2 LONDON1 3PRODUCT1 3FURNITURE1 2 3STOREOPERATIONS1 3SUPPLYCHAIN1 3MADETO MEASURESTORE  FORMAT1 26dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           StrategyDunelm AR2016-front.indd   620/10/2016   15:57:4024722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5        Pontypridd   Colliers Wood   Catford   High Wycombe   Nottingham (relocation)    Sheffield Woodseats (relocation)See pages 8 to 9 for more informationNEW SUPERSTORESOPENED since 5 July 2015      Superstores as at 4 July 2015New superstores opened since 5 July 2015KEYstrategic report7Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016UK Store LocationsDunelm AR2016-front.indd   720/10/2016   15:57:4924722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5We are working on making our website easier to access. We want to make the range and relevant content broader and provide an improved site experience. We also want to provide greater convenience through an increase in collection points, times and availability.We have reviewed all activities carried out in store and found several opportunities to help our colleagues work more effectively. As a result, we have reduced task in the business and reinvested colleagues’ time into helping customers, improving service and driving sales.We are trialling several new category merchandising initiatives and continue to improve the store format design as we open new stores, reflecting a lighter, more open environment with lower shelving and easier navigation.Link to strategy LFL STORES  SALES GROWTH1Link to strategy LFL STORES  SALES GROWTHHOME DELIVERY123NEW  STORESLink to strategy LFL STORES  SALES GROWTH12NEW  STORESONLINESTORE OPERATIONSHOME DELIVERY3We currently have eight stores in the Greater London area and we are expanding this number with a sharper focus on catchment potential as a significant part of our target of establishing a portfolio of 200 superstores.Link to strategy 2NEW  STORESLONDONGREATER LONDONSTORE FORMAT8dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           Strategic InitiativesDunelm AR2016-front.indd   820/10/2016   15:57:57t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

MADE TO MEASURE

FURNITURE

We offer a bespoke service that differentiates us 
from most of our competitors. We manufacture 
the majority of our Made to Measure curtains 
ourselves and offer great value for money. We are 
working to improve our customer offer and the 
efficiency of our business.

We are working hard to improve our offer 
through delivery of new ranges with better 
quality and greater choice. We are trialling new 
formats in store using room-sets and new ways 
to display products. We are working on an 
improved service model and our new point of 
sale system will help our colleagues to sell our 
entire online range in store. 

Link to strategy 

1

3

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

HOME DELIVERY

Link to strategy 

1

3

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

HOME DELIVERY

SUPPLY CHAIN

PRODUCT 

We have successfully opened our new 
warehouse in Stoke, which doubles our 
capacity and provides a purpose-built 
platform for reducing costs over time. We 
are correspondingly reducing our third party 
storage requirements which are costly and 
inefficient. Improved efficiency also enables us 
to offer better availability to our customers.

Great product is the lifeblood of our business. 
We have started working on a new strategic 
initiative (replacing stock management) to 
further improve our product ranges. We 
see major opportunities in product design, 
innovation and sourcing.

The work on product should enable us to grow 
by appealing to a broader set of customers 
across more categories. Our sourcing work 
should also improve our value for money 
proposition.

Link to strategy 

1

3

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

HOME DELIVERY

Link to strategy 

1

3

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

HOME DELIVERY

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

9

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   9

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:16

 
Chief Executive’s Review

John Browett Chief Executive

@

Read more online at  
dunelm.production.investis.com

One of the great things about Dunelm 
is that we are able to offer tremendous 
value for money for our customers and 
an unrivalled range whilst remaining 
a low cost retailer. In the last year we 
have continued to strengthen our offer 
and expand our store base, allowing 
us to further increase market share and 
enhance our market leading position. 
We are confident that our ambitious 
plans will bring further improvements for 
customers and underpin our prospects, 
even if the market proves to be difficult.

Customers love what we do; our wide 
product ranges are suitable for all 
budgets and tastes. Our prices are 
always competitive or market leading. 
We have fantastic colleagues in our 
stores, in the supply chain and our 
support centre who give great service. 
We have high on-shelf availability in-
store and online. Indeed, our offer is 
unmatched by our competitors.

Our low cost model is a critical part of 
making our business work for customers. 
Our store costs are low because we 
have built a network of stores that work 
for customers but have been rented 
on sensible terms. We have modern 
IT systems that are cost effective and 
easy to upgrade. By running a defined 
contribution pension scheme we have 
clear costs and no legacy liabilities. We 
always endeavour to run a lean operation 
so we can invest more in lower prices 
and better products.

Last year, we continued to improve the 
shopping trip for our customers. We 
have improved our ranges, have become 
more competitive on price, made our 
stores easier to shop and launched a 
vastly improved website. I think almost 
all our customers have noticed the work 
we have done to clear the aisles, put the 
product back into logical places and run 
our promotions much more tightly and 
effectively. These may seem like small 
things, but through customer feedback 
we know they make a major difference.

The improvements in the customer offer 
are paid for by running our business 

more effectively. We continue to work on 
developing our IT platform to provide 
more efficient processes as well as a 
better customer experience in-store and 
online. Our internal ‘Keep it Simple’ 
programme looks at activity in our head 
office to ensure that we are eliminating 
unnecessary work or improving broken 
processes. Last year, we invested heavily 
in our logistics infrastructure to enable 
better customer service at lower costs 
in the future. The store teams have also 
made great progress in simplifying their 
operation to free up hours to serve 
customers.

In the year ahead it may be that the 
economy proves to be difficult. However, 
even if there are short term problems, 
life continues and for a business like 
Dunelm this is almost sure to bring 
new opportunities. Our ‘Simply Value 
for Money’ proposition becomes even 
more appealing if consumers feel under 
financial pressure. In addition, our 
business is not significantly reliant on 
big-ticket purchases; our average basket 
size remains around £30.

Dunelm is a strong business due to the 
level of profit and cash flow generated, 
combined with its low leverage, even 
including our lease liabilities. None of 
that changes because of Brexit. Indeed, 
in uncertain times our strengths become 
even more of an advantage. It should 
mean that we can expand faster and 
offer even more to our customers.

At the end of my first year, I’d like to 
express what a tremendous privilege it 
is to work with all of our colleagues at 
Dunelm and I want to thank them for all 
their effort, enthusiasm and dedication 
to making Dunelm a great place to shop 
and work. It is hard to get everything 
right every day, but it is both pleasurable 
and rewarding to find a company which 
is always trying to do the right thing.
Growth Strategy 
When we reported our half year results in 
February, we reiterated our commitment 
to our three-part growth strategy; 
growing like-for-like sales, rolling out new 

stores and growing our home delivery 
channel. We also identified eight key 
initiatives that I believe will enable us to 
achieve this and will be the key method 
by which we improve our business 
substantially for our customers and 
shareholders over the medium term. 
Online
Whilst we continue to work towards 
increasing our store estate to 200 stores, 
we still believe in a multi-channel world 
for homewares and continue to see 
online as a critical part of our shopping 
trip.

We are working on making our website 
easier to access; for example allowing 
customers to browse and order in-
store. We want to make the range and 
relevant content broader and provide an 
improved site experience. We also want 
to provide greater convenience through 
an increase in collection points, times 
and availability.

We have also made progress in multiple 
other areas. The integration of our one-
man fulfilment process into our Stoke 
distribution centre is a significant step 
towards broader fulfilment options. 
We have grown our email database to 
over two million customers, an increase 
of 18%. We have an online Made to 
Measure service, and are building a 
more comprehensive solution, due to be 
launched later this year.

Over the coming year, we are looking 
to extend our range through a new 
DSV (drop shipped vendor) service. We 
are also rolling out tablet devices and 
associated chip and pin payment options 
in-store and are working towards a full 
Click & Collect service.
London
As part of our challenge to find 50 
new stores to reach our 200 target, we 
recognise that London and the South 
East will provide a significant proportion 
of this opportunity.

Encouragingly, we have legally 
committed to nine new stores in the 
coming year, of which three are within 

10

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   10

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:24

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

the M25; an excellent result given that 
we have only eight stores currently in this 
area.

We are also focusing on improving the 
capability of our colleagues in the region 
and will be looking to increase our online 
participation in London, aided by the 
increased store presence. 
Store Operations 
We have reviewed all activities 
carried out in-store and found several 
opportunities to help our colleagues 
work more effectively. As a result, we 
have reduced hours worked on certain 
tasks in the business, partially to mitigate 
the cost of introducing the National 
Living Wage, but more importantly to 
reinvest back into helping customers, 
improving service and driving sales. 

We see this as a continual process, with 
several rounds of improvements that will 
allow us to continue to reinvest in wages 
and service.
Store Format
Our customers love our stores, but they 
do tell us that we could make them 
easier to shop, particularly in terms of 
navigation and making our displays more 
attractive. 

We are trialling several new category 
merchandising initiatives, and are 
particularly pleased with the work that 
we have done around rugs, lighting and 
the till area. We will continue to roll these 
out across the estate in the coming year. 

We also continue to improve the store 
format design as we open new stores. 
Our recent openings in Nottingham and 
Sheffield in particular reflect a lighter, 
more open environment with lower 
shelving and easier navigation. We are 
aiming to refit around 15 stores in FY17 
in this new format, as well as using the 
format in our new store openings. 
Made to Measure
Made to Measure is a service that 
differentiates us from most of our 
competitors. We manufacture the 
majority of our curtains ourselves and 
offer great value for money. 

We are trialling new operations in-store 
and developing a greater understanding 
of how investment in service, 
presentation and range can enhance 
our offer. We are looking to improve our 
manufacturing performance by creating 
more efficiency in our processes. We 
are also working on a new IT system 
to manage customer orders and make 
things easier for customers. 

Furniture
Dunelm continues to develop its 
furniture offer across all channels. We are 
working hard to deliver new ranges, with 
better quality and greater choice. We are 
trialling new formats in-store using room-
sets and new ways to display products. 
We are also working on an improved 
service model and our new POS system 
will help our colleagues to sell our entire 
range in-store.
Supply Chain
We have successfully opened our new 
warehouse in Stoke, which doubles our 
capacity and provides a purpose-built 
platform for reducing costs over time. 
We are correspondingly reducing our 
third party storage requirements which 
are costly and inefficient. 

We are near the end of the process of 
moving our one-man delivery operation 
into Stoke, which is a precursor to 
moving to a Click & Collect offer. This 
will enhance the attractiveness of our 
online offer by providing greater choice 
and ease to customers. 

We will look to further integrate our 
e-commerce and direct-to-store 
distribution over time. This will enable 
improved availability, productivity and a 
cleaner end of season clearance. 
Stock Management
To meet customer expectations, we rely 
on having full ranges available in-store 
which previously resulted in a high 
stock holding. We are working towards 
reducing the amount of stock that we 
hold whilst improving availability. This 
will make us more efficient and enable us 
to reinvest in the customer offer. 

We have reduced our stock holding by 
£16.5m (12.4%) during the course of 
the year by focussing on sensible retail 
disciplines such as reducing minimum 
order quantities, reducing pack sizes 
and through the better use of order 
replenishment systems. In-store we have 
focused on better stock management, 
both on shelf and back of house, by 
enhancing stock control processes. 

Although we believe we can reduce 
stock levels further in time, we consider 
this to be business as usual and stock 
management will therefore no longer 
form one of our strategic initiatives in 
FY17. 
Product 
Great product is the lifeblood of our 
business. We have started work on  
a new strategic initiative (replacing 

stock management) to further improve 
our product ranges. We see major 
opportunities in product design, 
innovation and sourcing.

The work on product should enable us 
to grow by appealing to a broader set of 
customers across more categories. Our 
sourcing work should also improve our 
value for money proposition. 
Enablers 
While our key initiatives are the 
focus for improving the business for 
customers, there are several initiatives 
we are working on to make the business 
more effective. This work ranges from 
‘Keep it Simple’ changes in the Store 
Support Centre and Contact Centre, to 
developing our IT systems to support 
the key initiatives and customer offer. We 
could also talk at length about the use of 
better customer insight, service and sales 
training in stores and investment in skills 
and training across the Company. 

At Dunelm we are always looking for 
opportunities and working on making 
our business better for customers and a 
more fulfilling place to work. The agenda 
is always ambitious. 
Outlook
Whatever the market brings us, our 
strategy remains unchanged. Indeed, 
we may be able to achieve more in a 
difficult economy. We can’t forecast 
what will happen to the broader market 
but we know we will be busy improving 
our Company, through our self-help 
initiatives and also by continuing to roll-
out and reinvest in our stores. 

As we have seen in previous years, hot 
weather can have a dampening effect on 
footfall, so the start to the new financial 
year has inevitably seen some impact 
here. However, the weather is outside 
of our control and our job is to trade 
through such periods. 

Encouragingly, we believe that we 
continue to outperform the homewares 
market as a whole and therefore are 
confident of continuing to deliver on 
our growth ambitions, including new 
store openings which should number 
at least nine this year. We have the key 
infrastructure in place, the right team, a 
great heritage and a continued focus on 
product and people.

John Browett 
Chief Executive 
14 September 2016

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

11

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   11

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:25

 
Key Performance Indicators

The following key 
performance indicators 
are considered to be 
the most appropriate 
for measuring how 
successful the business 
has been. A number of 
them are also relevant 
to our remuneration 
strategy, as set out in the 
Remuneration Report.

Read more about remuneration  
on pages 52 to 77

Link to strategy 

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

NEW  STORES

1

2

3

Sales growth 
%

12.1

12.2

12.7

7.8

7.1

Ordinary dividends  
per share
(pence)

25.1

21.5

20.0

16.0

14.0

2012

2013

2014

2015* 2016*

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Strategic link  1   2   3

Strategic link  1   2   3

Like-for-like store  
sales growth %

3.9

3.4

Total distributions  
per share 
(pence)

91.5

56.6

1.0

14.0

41.0

20.0

2015* 2016*

2014
(0.2)

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

HOME DELIVERY

0.2
2013

2012

Strategic link  1  

Strategic link  1   2   3

Earnings per share 
(diluted)
(pence)

50.3

46.8

43.7

40.0

35.1

Home delivery  
sales growth
%

79.4

68.6

55.0

2012

2013

2014

2015* 2016

2012

2013

2014

2015* 2016*

12.4

23.2

Strategic link  1   2   3

Strategic link  3

12

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   12

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:36

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

Gross margin change
(basis points)

EBITDA
(£m)

80

60

137.3 142.6

154.3

40

30

127.1

113.2

2012

2013

2014

2015* 2016*

New store openings
(number)

14 

14

12

12

6

(30.0)

2012

2013

2014

2015* 2016

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

Strategic link  2  

Operating margin
%

Emissions (tCO2e per 
£1m Group Revenue) %

Total tax contributions
(£m)

15.8

15.7

15.9

14.7

14.7

40.2

39.9

34.9

29.0

2012

2013

2014

2015* 2016

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

£140.8

£122.7

£23.4

£23.5

£26.2

£22.9

£50.1

£25.5

£29.4

£62.5

2015

2016

Property taxes

Corporation tax

Payroll taxes 
including NI

Net VAT paid

Strategic link  2  

*  2015 is treated as a  
52 week period for  
these measures,  
rather than 53 weeks

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

13

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   13

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:41

 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer’s Review

Keith Down Chief Financial Officer

@

Read more online at  
dunelm.production.investis.com

The year ended 2 July 2016 was a 
52 week accounting period but the 
comparative year ended 4 July 2015 
was a 53 week accounting period. 
The additional 53rd week last year 
contributed £13.1m of revenue and 
£1.2m of operating profit. Unless 
otherwise stated, reference to 2015 or 
the comparative year relates to this 53 
week period.

Revenue
Group revenue for FY16 was £880.9m 
(FY15: £835.8m), an increase of 5.4% for 
the full financial year and 7.1% on a 52 
week basis. Like-for-like (‘LFL’) sales grew 
by 2.5% on a 52 week basis as a result of 
growth in both in-store LFL sales (+1.0%) 
and home delivery sales (+23.2%). Over 
the financial year as a whole, home 
delivery sales represented 7.0% of total 
business (FY15: 6.1%).

Our store expansion programme 
continued with six new openings in the 
year (of which two were relocations). 
We also closed our high street store 
in Coalville, leaving a portfolio of 152 
superstores and five stores in high street 
locations.

Revenue 
£’m

Year on
year
growth*

Like-for-like stores

729.0

1.0%

Home delivery

61.9

23.2%

Gross Margin
Gross margin increased by 60 basis 
points to 49.8% (FY15: 49.2%). Gross 
margin in FY15 was impacted by a high 
level of markdown needed to clear 
excess stocks (particularly furniture). In 
FY16, however, we have improved our 
product life cycle management, stock 
turn and absolute stock levels.

Operating Costs
Operating costs in FY16 grew by 7.1% 
compared with the prior year, an increase 
of £20.5m, or by 9.1% on a 52 week 
basis, an increase of £25.7m. The main 
drivers of this increase were:

 z Store portfolio growth – six new store 

openings and two closures;

 z Multi-channel fulfilment – the value 

of business through this channel rose 
by 23.2% compared with the previous 
year;

 z Warehousing infrastructure – we 

invested £3.0m in transition costs 
associated with the opening of 
our new Distribution Centre (‘DC’) 
in Stoke. This DC will significantly 
increase our ability to deliver 
multi-channel fulfilment operations 
and negates the need to operate 
additional third party storage facilities;

 z Store labour – the increase in the 

National Living Wage has been offset 
by productivity savings;

Total like-for-like

790.9

2.5%

 z IT capability – recognising the 

Non-like-for-like stores

90.0

880.9

7.1%

*2015 is treated as a 52 week period.

importance of IT in our business, we 
have again significantly increased the 
scale and capability of our internal IT 
function. We have also seen the first 
year of amortisation relating to our 
web re-platform;

 z Marketing – increased spend on 
digital marketing to replace loss 
of natural search following web re-
platform; and

 z Administration – we have invested 
in the Board and Executive team to 
support the continued growth of the 
business.

Looking ahead, a number of these 
cost drivers will continue to apply in 
the new financial year as we open new 
stores, look to refit 15 stores into our 
new format, grow our home delivery 
business further and continue to invest in 
IT and management to support our key 
initiatives.

Operating Profit
Group operating profit for the financial 
year was £129.3m (FY15: £122.5m), 
an increase of £6.8m (5.6%). On a 52 
week basis operating profit increased by 
£8.0m, an increase of 6.6%. Operating 
profit margin was 14.7% (FY15: 14.7%). 
In the year the business invested in 
operating costs (described above) 
to enhance key infrastructure and 
capabilities to deliver future growth. 

EBITDA
Earnings before interest, tax, 
depreciation and amortisation were 
£154.3m (FY15: £144.2m, £142.6m 
on a 52 week basis).This represents 
an increase of 7.1% on the previous 
financial year, or 8.2% on a 52 week 
basis. The EBITDA margin achieved was 
17.5% of sales (FY15: 17.3%, 17.3% on a 
52 week basis).

14

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   14

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:43

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

Financial Items
The Group incurred a net financial 
expense of £0.4m in FY16 (FY15: £0.1m 
income). Interest and amortisation of 
costs arising from the Group’s revolving 
credit facility amounted to £1.6m (FY15 
£0.7m). These costs were partially offset 
by interest earned on cash deposits of 
£0.2m (FY15: £0.5m) and gains of £1.0m 
(FY15: £0.3m) resulting from foreign 
exchange differences on the translation 
of dollar denominated assets and 
liabilities. 

As at 2 July 2016 the Group held $90.5m 
(FY15: $91.5m) in US dollar forward 
contracts, representing approximately 
61% of the anticipated US dollar spend 
over the next financial year. Surplus US 
dollar cash deposits amounted to $1.6m 
(FY15: $3.2m).

Hedging
Due to the Brexit vote that took place 
close to the Group’s period end, the 
hedging balance was material at  
2 July 2016, and additional disclosures 
have been included in the notes to 
the financial statements. The financial 
position of the Group, its cash flows, 
liquidity position and borrowing facilities 
are described below. In addition, note 16  
to the financial statements includes 
the Group’s objectives, policies and 
processes for managing its capital, 
its financial risk objectives, details of 
its financial instruments and hedging 
activities, and its exposures to credit and 
liquidity risk.

PBT
After accounting for interest and foreign 
exchange impacts, profit before tax for 
the financial year amounted to £128.9m 
(FY15: £122.6m), an increase of 5.1%. 
On a comparable 52 week basis this 
represents an increase of 6.2% over 
FY15.

Taxation
The tax charge for the year was 20.6% 
of profit before tax, compared with 
21.6% in the prior year. This reflects 
the reduction in the headline rate of 
corporation tax from 20.75% in FY15 
to 20.0% this year. The tax charge 
is expected to trend approximately 
75-80 bps above the headline rate 
of corporation tax going forward, 
principally due to depreciation charged 
on non-qualifying capital expenditure.

PAT and EPS
Profit after tax was £102.3m (FY15: 
£96.1m), an increase of 6.5%.

Basic earnings per share (EPS) for the 
52 weeks ended 2 July 2016 was 50.5p 
(FY15: 47.5p), an increase of 6.3%. Fully 
diluted EPS increased by 6.3% to 50.3p 
(FY15: 47.3p). This is a rise of 7.5% on 
a comparable 52 week basis (FY15 52 
week: 46.8p).

Operating Cash Flow
Dunelm continues to deliver strong cash 
returns. In FY16 the Group generated 
£148.2m (FY15: £118.2m) of net cash 
from operating activities, an increase of 
25.4%.

Year-end working capital decreased by 
£18.3m compared with the previous 
year-end. This reflects our drive to 
improve product life cycle management 
and increase stock turn. At the end of 
the year the Group had £16.5m lower 
inventories than the prior year despite 
the investment in new stores. Trade 
and other payables due within one year 
increased by £7.4m primarily as a result 
of an increase in the capital creditor as a 
result of the completion of our new DC 
in Stoke at the end of the year.

Capital Expenditure
Gross capital expenditure in the financial 
year was £42.5m compared with £31.5m 
in FY15. Significant investments were 
made in the opening of our second 
distribution centre in Stoke (£11.9m), IT 
infrastructure (£7.2m) and in acquiring 
the Fogarty brand (£4.8m). In addition 
we invested £18.0m in the continued 
growth and development of the store 
portfolio with the addition of six new 
superstores and seven major refits. 

We expect higher capital expenditure in 
the next financial year of approximately 
£50m to support the business’ growth 
strategy. We expect to open more new 
stores (requiring an average investment 
of £1.2m per store), we plan to carry 
out a number of major store refits 
(approximately £20m in total), and 
will continue to invest in IT systems 
development (estimated at £6m) and 
supply chain improvements (estimated 
at £5m). We will also consider freehold 
store acquisitions on an opportunistic 
basis, with FY17 having already seen 
the purchase of a freehold property in 
Shoreham for £5.5m.

Banking Agreements and 
Net Debt
The Group has in place a £150m 
syndicated Revolving Credit Facility 
(‘RCF’) which matures in 2020. The 
terms of the RCF are consistent with 
normal practice and include covenants 
in respect of leverage (net debt to be 
no greater than 2.5× EBITDA) and fixed 
charge cover (EBITDA to be no less than 
1.5× fixed charges), both of which were 
met comfortably as at 2 July 2016.

In addition the Group maintains £20m of 
uncommitted overdraft facilities with two 
syndicate partner banks.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

15

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   15

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:44

 
Chief Financial Officer’s Review CONTINUED

Net debt at 2 July 2016 was £79.3m 
(0.51x historical EBITDA) compared 
with £73.6m in FY15 (0.51× historical 
EBITDA). Daily average net debt in 
FY16 was approximately £50.0m. This 
compares with an average of £75.4m 
in FY15 from the date of the special 
distribution (20 March 2015) following 
the inception of our RCF. 

Capital and  
Dividend Policy 
During FY15, the Board adopted a new 
policy on capital structure, targeting an 
average net debt level (excluding lease 
obligations and short-term fluctuations 
in working capital) of between 0.25× 
and 0.75× historical EBITDA. This policy 
provides the flexibility to continue to 
invest in the Group’s growth strategy 
and to take advantage of investment 
opportunities as and when they arise, for 
example freehold property acquisitions. 
At the year end, net debt/EBITDA was 
0.51× (FY15: 0.51×).

The Board’s policy on dividends in FY15 
was that ordinary dividend cover (by 
which we mean the Group’s earnings 
per share divided by the total amount 
paid to shareholders by way of ordinary 
dividend) should be between 2 and 2.5× 
in the full year in respect of which the 
dividend is paid. The Board has decided 
to move the targeted range of dividend 
cover to a range of 1.75 and 2.25×, 
reflecting the strong cash generation in 
the business and the Board’s confidence 
in the growth prospects of the business.

The Board will consider further special 
distributions in the future if average 
net debt over a period consistently 
falls below the minimum target of 
0.25× EBITDA, subject to known and 
anticipated investment plans at the time.

The Group’s full capital and dividend 
policy is available on our website at 
www.dunelm.com.

Dividend and Special 
Dividend Paid
Reflecting the capital and dividend 
policy, an interim dividend of 6.0p per 
share was paid in March 2016 (FY15: 
5.5p). It is proposed to pay a final 
dividend of 19.1p per share (FY16: 
16.0p), subject to shareholder approval. 
The total dividend of 25.1p represents an 
increase of 16.7% over the previous year, 
giving a dividend cover of 2.0× (FY15: 
2.2×). The final dividend will be paid on 
25 November 2016 to shareholders on 
the register at the close of business on  
4 November 2016.

During the year, the Group returned 
excess capital of £63.8m (31.5p per 
share) to shareholders in the form of a 
special dividend.

In total the Group returned £108.4m to 
shareholders by way of dividend in the 
year, the equivalent of 53.5p per share.

Distributable Reserves
During the current financial year, the 
Group undertook a capital restructuring 
exercise which facilitated the payment of 
dividends from subsidiary undertakings 
to Dunelm Group plc of £359m. 
Consequently the Parent Company has 
retained earnings of £242.8m as at 2 July 
2016.

Share Buy-back
During the year, the Group invested 
£7.8m to buy 841,359 shares to hold 
in treasury in line with its policy to 
purchase shares in the market to satisfy 
the future exercise of options granted 
under incentive plans and other share 
schemes. At the year-end, 846,455 
shares were held in treasury, equivalent 
to approximately 42% of options 
outstanding. Over time, we expect to 
increase our holding in treasury to be 
equivalent to approximately 60% of 
outstanding options.

Since the year end £4.2m has been 
invested to purchase an additional 
500,000 shares into treasury.

Tax Policy
The Group has a straightforward and 
transparent tax policy. The aim is to 
comply with all relevant tax legislation 
and pay all taxes due, in full and on time 
as well as actively managing tax affairs 
and only to engage in tax planning 
where this is aligned with commercial 
and economic activity and does not lead 
to an abusive result. We would normally 
expect our corporation tax charge to 
be higher than the statutory tax rate. 
HMRC has recently renewed the Group’s 
low-risk tax status. Further details of the 
Group’s tax policy are available on our 
website, www.dunelm.com.

During the year, total tax contributions 
paid to HMRC in the form of corporation 
tax, property taxes, PAYE and NICs and 
VAT were £140.8m (FY15: £122.7m).

Treasury Management
The Group Board has established an 
overall Treasury Policy, day-to-day 
management of which is delegated to 
me as Chief Financial Officer. The policy 
aims to ensure the following:

 z Effective management of all clearing 

bank operations

 z Access to appropriate levels of 

funding and liquidity

 z Effective monitoring and 

management of all banking covenants

 z Optimal investment of surplus cash 

within an approved risk/return profile

 z Appropriate management of foreign 
exchange exposures and cash flows

Key Performance 
Indicators
In addition to the traditional financial 
measures of sales and profits, the 
Directors review business performance 
each month using a range of other KPIs. 
These include measures shown on  
pages 12 and 13.

Keith Down 
Chief Financial Officer 
14 September 2016

16

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   16

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:44

Risks and Risk Management

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

The Board as a whole takes responsibility for management of risk throughout the business. 

We believe that risk is best managed by a combination of the following:

 z Formal risk management processes as described in this report
 z The Board and senior management leading by example
 z Alignment through shareholding
 z Embedding our culture and values

Given the size of our Board and the relative lack of complexity in our business, we do not 
have a separate Board Risk Committee; our Audit and Risk Committee oversees the risk 
management process as part of its activities.

Risk management framework
The Board confirms that:

 z there is an on-going process for identifying, evaluating and managing the principal risks faced by the Group;

 z the systems have been in place for the year under review and up to the date of approval of the annual report and accounts;

 z they are regularly reviewed by the Board; and

 z the systems accord with the guidance issued by the Financial Reporting Council’s guidance on risk management, internal 

control and related financial and business reporting issued in September 2014.

The diagram below sets out how responsibility for risk management is allocated and how that responsibility is discharged:

Board

Collective responsibility for  
managing risk

 X Formal review of principal risks twice annually – one of which is in connection 

with consideration of the viability statement (see further below)

Oversees risk management process

Audit 
and Risk 
Committee

Executive 
Board

Reviews principal risks

Members have responsibility for 
managing risk within their area  
of accountability

 X Separate discussion of ‘what keeps us awake at night’
 X Key risk topics reviewed through regular timetabled presentations or papers
 X Monitor KPIs through Board reports
 X Executive Directors have line responsibility for managing specific risks.

 X Receives report on risk management process twice annually
 X Formal review of principal risks twice annually – one of which is in connection 

with consideration of the viability statement (see further below)
 X Allocates resources for external assurance reviews of selected risks
 X Selects topics for ‘key risk’ reviews by the Board.

 X Formal review of principal risks twice annually
 X Review risk register once a year
 X Key risk topics reviewed through regular timetabled presentations or papers
 X Monitor KPIs through Executive Board reports
 X Executive Board members have line responsibility for managing risk within 

their area of accountability.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

17

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   17

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:44

 
Risks and Risk Management CONTINUED

Internal control and internal audit
The Board is responsible for the Group’s system of internal control and for reviewing its effectiveness. The diagram below 
summarises the Group’s system.

Board

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Executive 
Board

Internal Audit 
Programme

Operational  
Audit Team

 X Collective responsibility for internal control
 X Formal list of matters reserved for decision by the Board
 X Control framework setting out responsibilities
 X Approval of key policies and procedures
 X Monitors performance

 X Oversees effectiveness of internal control
 X Receives reports from external auditors
 X Approves external assurance programme
 X Receives reports generated through the external assurance programme

 X Responsible for operating within the control framework 
 X Reviews and monitors compliance with policies and procedures
 X Recommends changes to controls/policies where needed
 X Monitors performance

 X Reviews specific matters selected by the Audit and Risk Committee

 X Reviews compliance with certain internal procedures in stores and at other locations

The Audit and Risk Committee has 
oversight of the system of internal 
controls and of the external assurance 
programme and receives the report of 
the external auditor following the annual 
statutory audit. For further details please 
see the Audit and Risk Committee 
report.

It should be noted that internal control 
systems such as this are designed to 
manage rather than eliminate the risk of 
failure to achieve business objectives and 
can provide only reasonable, and not 
absolute, assurance against material loss 
or accounting misstatement.

Although no significant control 
weaknesses have been identified as a 
result of the review, the Board agreed 
that the Audit and Risk Committee would 
look at how assurance of performance 
against the controls is gained to identify 
whether any further assurance is needed.

Process for preparing 
consolidated financial 
statements
The Group has established internal 
control and risk management systems 
in relation to the process for preparing 
consolidated financial statements. The 
key features of these systems are:

 z Management regularly monitors 
and considers developments in 
accounting regulations and best 
practice in finance reporting 
and, where appropriate, reflects 
developments in the consolidated 
financial statements. The external 
auditor also keeps the Audit and 
Risk Committee apprised of these 
developments.

 z The Audit and Risk Committee 
and the Board review the draft 
consolidated financial statements.  
The Audit and Risk Committee 
receives reports from management 
and the external auditors on 
significant judgements, changes 
in accounting policies, changes in 
accounting estimates and other 
pertinent matters relating to the 
consolidated financial statements.

 z The full year financial statements are 
subject to external audit and the half 
year financial statements are reviewed 
by the external auditor.

18

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   18

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:44

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

Principal Risks and Uncertainties

The Board confirms that it has carried out a robust assessment of the principal risks facing 
the Group, including those that would threaten its business model, future performance, 
solvency or liquidity. The Board’s assessment of the principal risks and uncertainties facing 
the Group and the mitigation in place is set out below. 

Following a review of the risks as part of the process to support the viability statement, the Board decided to amend the 
description of some of the risks set out below; the categorisation used in last year’s report is recorded in the table. The risks 
themselves have not changed materially, with the exception of the addition of the risks associated with the United Kingdom’s exit 
from the European Union.

Risk

Description

How we mitigate

Progress in 2015/16

The Group competes 
with a wide variety of 
retailers across multiple 
channels and across a 
broad spectrum of price-
points. Failure to maintain 
a competitive offer in 
the homewares market 
on multiple fronts (price, 
range, quality and service) 
and/or to respond to 
changing customer needs 
could materially impact 
profitability and limit 
opportunities for growth.

 z Comparative performance within 
the homewares market tracked 
monthly across all main product 
categories.

 z Customer insight research gauges 
relative customer perception and 
experience.

 z Investment in store design 
and marketing designed to 
communicate our credentials on 
range, choice and value.
 z We continually focus on new 

product development, both in 
existing and new homewares 
categories, to strengthen our 
specialist proposition.

Board oversight: 
Reviewed annually in depth by the 
Board at its Strategy Day.

Strategic initiative review once  
per annum.

 X Dunelm continues to lead the UK 

homewares market with an increased 
share of 8.1% in 2015 (7.7% in 2014).
 X New Marketing Director appointed 
to the Executive Board to lead our 
customer insight, marketing, store 
format and multichannel activities.
 X Enhancement of our store format to 
improve the customer experience is 
one our eight strategic initiatives.
 X Additional investment in customer 

insight activity and resource.
 X Continuing product innovation in 

existing categories and strengthened 
seasonal campaigns. New strategic 
initiative for 2016-17 to focus on 
‘Product’.

 X One of our eight strategic initiatives 
is development of our online offer 
following the successful launch of a 
new web platform.

 X Strategic initiatives in place to 

develop our furniture and made 
to measure business as part of the 
growth of our competitive offer.

Competition, 
market and 
customers

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

Performance Indicator:
Market share

Strategic initiative link: 
Store format, Online 
(Marketing Director); 
Furniture (Product Director); 
Made to Measure business 
(Stores Director); Product 
(Product Director)

Executive responsibility: 
Marketing Director 
Reports to:  
Chief Executive

Impact compared  
to 2014/15:

Previous category:
Competition and customers

Trend Direction:

INCREASING

UNCHANGED

DECREASING

Link to strategy 

1

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

2

 NEW STORES

3

HOME DELIVERY

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

19

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   19

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:45

    
 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties CONTINUED

Risk

Brand  
damage

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

Performance Indicator:
Product complaints and 
recalls

Strategic initiative link: 
Product

Executive responsibility: 
Product Director 
Reports to:  
Chief Executive

Impact compared  
to 2014/15: 

Previous category: 
Brand reputation, product  
and service quality

Description

How we mitigate

Progress in 2015/16

 X Committed suppliers and overseas 
agents continue to work directly 
with factories to deliver more ‘green’ 
ratings against our Ethical Code of 
Conduct. 

 X Clearer communication to suppliers 

about corrective actions and 
what is expected to make the 
improvements.

 X Food Safety manual reviewed and 
updated, and all food suppliers 
signed up to Anti-Bribery and Ethical 
Codes of Practice.
 X Timber policy adopted. 
 X Policy on Modern Slavery adopted 

and awareness programme launched 
with colleagues and key partners.

For further information please see the 
Corporate Social Responsibility Report.

The quality and safety of 
our products and services is 
essential to the business. 

We must also ensure that 
our suppliers share and 
uphold our approach to 
business ethics, human 
rights (including safety and 
modern slavery) and the 
environment. 

Failure to do so could result 
in harm to individuals and 
consumers, colleagues and 
other stakeholders losing 
confidence in the Dunelm 
brand.

 z We have a range of policies 
specifying the quality of 
products and production 
processes which suppliers must 
adopt.

 z We operate a full test schedule 
for all new products and on 
a sample basis for on-going 
lines, overseen by our specialist 
Product Technology team. 
 z Food hygiene is maintained 

through the adoption of clear 
operating guidelines contained 
in our food safety manual. Staff 
certification is compulsory and 
risk assessments, equipment 
inspections and compliance 
audits are performed regularly 
to ensure standards are 
maintained.

 z All stock and food suppliers 
and the majority of our other 
suppliers are required to sign 
up to our Anti-Bribery and 
Ethical Codes of Conduct which 
is in line with international 
guidelines, and also specifically 
covers modern slavery.

 z We conduct periodic audits on 
all stock suppliers against our 
Code of Conduct.

 z Selected non-stock suppliers are 
assessed against our modern 
slavery audit.

Board oversight: 
Ethical trading/modern slavery and 
product safety reviewed annually  
‘in depth’ by the Board.

Trend Direction:

INCREASING

UNCHANGED

DECREASING

Link to strategy 

1

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

2

 NEW STORES

3

HOME DELIVERY

20

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   20

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:45

    
t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

Risk

Description

How we mitigate

Progress in 2015/16

Portfolio  
expansion

Link to strategy:
2  

Performance Indicators:
Number of new store 
openings and pipeline

Strategic initiative link: 
London

Executive responsibility: 
Property Director 
Reports to:  
Chief Executive

Impact compared  
to 2014/15:                 

Previous category: 
Portfolio expansion

People and  
culture

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

Performance Indicator:
Colleague retention

Strategic initiative link: 
All

Executive responsibility: 
People Director
Reports to:  
Chief Executive

Impact compared  
to 2014/15: 

Previous category: 
Management team and key 
personnel

Availability of vacant or 
new retail space in the 
right location is essential 
to deliver our growth 
plans. Inability to secure or 
develop the required retail 
trading space to deliver 
our superstore format will 
limit our pace of expansion 
or force us to compromise 
our offer.

 z Our property team actively 
monitors availability of retail 
space with the support of 
professional advisers. 

 z Financial modelling helps us 

assess the viability of potential 
sites.

 z The Group’s strong cash 
generation and funding 
headroom provide an attractive 
covenant to landlords and the 
ability to acquire freehold units if 
appropriate.

Board oversight: 
Property strategy reviewed annually 
by the Board.

 X We have opened six new stores in 

the year, including two in the London 
area.

 X We have legally completed on nine 
new stores due to open in 2016/17 
and beyond, of which three are 
within the M25.

 X ‘Project London’ to specifically 

source stores in the London area, 
where we are relatively under-
represented, is one of our eight 
strategic initiatives.

The success of Dunelm 
is dependent upon the 
availability of talented 
senior management and 
specialist colleagues. The 
success of the business 
could be impacted if it 
fails to attract, retain and 
motivate high calibre 
colleagues.

 X Our new Chief Executive and 

Chief Financial Officer have been 
appointed.

 X The Executive Board has been 

further strengthened through the 
appointments of a Stores Director, 
a Supply Chain Director and a 
Marketing Director (all new roles).

 X Formal people plan and talent 
management process adopted.

 X Significant investment in training and 
development programme for the 
senior management team.

 X Further investment has been made 
in both depth and capability of 
teams in key areas such as IT, Buying 
& Merchandising and Logistics.
 X Key business principles reinforced 
through communication and 
incorporation into induction 
processes.

 z The composition of the Executive 
team is regularly reviewed by 
the Board to ensure that it is 
appropriate to deliver the growth 
plans of the business.

 z Succession plans and annual 

appraisals are in place across the 
Group.

 z High calibre individuals are 

retained and developed through 
sponsored talent management 
and development.

 z ‘Key business principles’ in 

place to describe our values and 
business culture. 

 z The Group’s remuneration policy 
detailed on pages 55 to 59 is 
designed to ensure that high 
calibre executives are attracted 
and retained. Lock-in of senior 
management is supported by 
awards under the Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. 

Board oversight: 
People plan and talent management 
reviewed annually by the Board.

Trend Direction:

INCREASING

UNCHANGED

DECREASING

Link to strategy 

1

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

2

 NEW STORES

3

HOME DELIVERY

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

21

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   21

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:46

HOME DELIVERY

 
    
 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties CONTINUED

Risk

Description

How we mitigate

Progress in 2015/16

 X Health and safety policies and audit 
procedures reviewed and refocused 
on highest risk areas by new Health 
and Safety Manager.

 X Operational audit updated to focus 

on key risk areas.

 X New training programme for 

commercial teams includes focus on 
pricing and marketing law.
 X Data protection compliance 

strengthened through colleague 
training and awareness programme.
 X New procedures adopted to address 
requirements of the Market Abuse 
Regulation.

 X Continued investment is being made 
in the capability of our IT function 
and in maintaining and upgrading 
business critical systems.

 X The IT Roadmap is aligned to and 
reviewed alongside our strategic 
initiatives.

 X We have adopted the Government’s 
‘10 steps to cyber security’ as a 
template to assess our position; 
progress has been made against all 
measures during the year.

The Group risks incurring 
penalties, damages, 
claims and reputational 
damage arising from 
failure to comply with 
legislative or regulatory 
requirements across many 
areas including, but not 
limited to, trading, health 
and safety, employment law, 
data protection, Bribery Act, 
advertising, human rights 
and the environment.

Regulatory, 
Environment & 
Compliance

Performance Indicators:
Prosecution and other 
regulatory action

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

Strategic initiative link: 
All

Executive responsibility: 
Company Secretary 
Reports to:  
Chief Financial Officer

Impact compared  
to 2014/15: 

Previous category: 
Regulatory, Environment & 
Compliance

IT Systems, 
Sensitive Data  
and Cyber Risk

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

Performance Indicator:
Number of major incidents

Dunelm is dependent on 
the continued availability, 
integrity and capability of 
key information systems 
and technology. A major 
incident (including a 
cyber-attack), sustained 
performance problems or 
failure to keep technology 
up to date could constitute 
a significant threat to the 
business, at least in the 
short term.

Strategic initiative link: 
All

Executive responsibility: 
Chief Information Officer
Reports to: 
Chief Executive

Impact compared  
to 2014/15: 

Previous category: 
IT systems, sensitive data  
and cyber risk

Trend Direction:

 z Policies and codes of practice 

are in place outlining mandatory 
requirements within the business 
for all key compliance areas. 
These are regularly reviewed and 
updated.

 z Operational management are also 
responsible for liaising with the 
Company Secretary and external 
advisers to ensure that potential 
issues from new legislation are 
identified and managed.
 z Dedicated Group Health and 
Safety function to oversee this 
aspect of compliance.

 z Training on the requirements of the 
Bribery Act and Competition Law is 
in place for all relevant colleagues 
and policies are communicated to 
all suppliers.

 z We have a whistle-blowing 

procedure and helpline which 
enables colleagues to raise 
concerns in confidence.

Board oversight: 
Monthly Board report on health and 
safety.

Health and safety reviewed in depth 
by the Board at least annually.

Non-compliances reported by the 
Company Secretary by exception.

 z All business critical systems are 
based on established, industry 
leading package solutions, with 
full support in place.

 z A detailed IT Roadmap is in 

place.

 z We have a disaster recovery 
strategy designed to ensure 
continuity of trade.

 z Authorisation controls and access 
to sensitive transactions are kept 
under constant review.

 z Information Security Steering 
Group in place to oversee the 
Group’s approach to IT security 
and data protection.

Board oversight: 
Cyber security is standard agenda 
item for the Audit and Risk 
Committee.

IT strategy reviewed annually by the 
Board.

Major security incidents reported by 
the Company Secretary.

Link to strategy 

INCREASING

UNCHANGED

DECREASING

1

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

2

 NEW STORES

3

HOME DELIVERY

22

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   22

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:46

    
t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

Risk

Description

How we mitigate

Progress in 2015/16

Supply chain disruption 
could disrupt stock flows 
to store and customers 
leading to an impact on 
trading or cost / efficiency 
implications.

Loss of the store support 
centre, workroom or contact 
centre could impact our 
ability to trade and divert 
focus from long term 
strategy and planning.

 z Physical infrastructure – All 

Dunelm non-store facilities are 
subject to disaster recovery plans 
and could all operate from fall-
back facilities.

 z Suppliers – The Group seeks to 
limit dependency on individual 
suppliers by actively managing 
key supplier relationships.

Board oversight: 
Disaster recovery is a standard Audit 
and Risk Committee agenda item.

 X Supply Chain Director recruited to 
develop and lead our supply chain 
strategy.

 X Major project completed to 

construct a new warehouse facility 
at Stoke to increase capacity and 
provide a further fall-back facility for 
our existing warehouse – one of our 
eight strategic initiatives.
 X Desk-top simulation exercises 
completed to increase Crisis 
Management Team capability.

Failure to operate the 
business in an efficient 
manner leads to additional 
cost and margin pressure, 
and could constrain our 
profitability, ability to 
compete and grow the 
business in line with our 
strategy.

Failure to anticipate or 
manage cost price volatility 
in key areas such as freight, 
raw materials, energy 
and exchange rates may 
lead to increased cost, 
margin pressure and lower 
profitability.

 z Costs managed by the Board 

 X Store operating procedures and 

and Executive Board through the 
budget and forecast process.
 z Strategic initiatives are in place to 
simplify store processes to reduce 
store operating costs and improve 
stock management. 

stock management are two of our 
eight strategic initiatives.
 X Impact of living wage offset 

by productivity improvements 
generated by leaner store operating 
procedures.

 z Dunelm’s scale, growth and 

 X Project in place to reduce cost of 

product returns.

increased buying power allows it 
to secure supply of key services 
and raw materials at competitive 
prices. Commodity price tracking 
covers all key materials.
 z Major non-stock purchase 

contracts regularly tendered.

Board oversight: 
Board receives monthly management 
accounts.

Strategic initiatives and budget 
reviewed by the Board at least 
annually.

Supply chain 
disruption

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

Performance Indicator:
Service levels in respect of 
store service

Strategic initiative link:
Supply chain

Executive responsibility: 
Supply Chain Director
Reports to: 
Chief Executive

Impact compared  
to 2014/15: 

Previous category: 
Business interruption and 
infrastructure

Business  
efficiency

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

Performance Indicator:
Gross margin

Strategic initiative link:
Store operations, stock 
management

Executive responsibility: 
Chief Financial Officer, 
Stores Director (Store 
Operations), Supply 
Chain Director (Stock 
Management)
Reports to: 
Chief Executive

Impact compared  
to 2014/15: 

Previous category: 
Commodity prices

HOME DELIVERY

INCREASING

UNCHANGED

DECREASING

1

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

2

 NEW STORES

3

HOME DELIVERY

Trend Direction:

Link to strategy 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

23

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   23

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:47

    
 
Principal Risks and Uncertainties CONTINUED

Risk

Description

How we mitigate

Progress in 2015/16

Lack of access to 
appropriate levels of cash 
resources or exposure to 
significant variations in 
interest rates or exchange 
rates could have an impact 
on the Group’s operations 
and growth plans.

 z The Group has a £150m, five-year 
revolving credit facility in place 
until March 2020.

 z Further, uncommitted borrowing 
facilities have been agreed for 
possible short-term working 
capital requirements.

 z Dunelm works with a syndicate 

of long-term, committed partner 
banks.

 z A Group Treasury Policy is in 

 X Net Debt at the end of the year was 

£79.3m (0.51× EBITDA).

 X Foreign currency hedges are in 

place covering c 60% of expected 
purchases in FY17.

 X The fall in the value of sterling 

following the United Kingdom’s vote 
to exit from the European Union will 
potentially impact the Group’s gross 
margin if this is long term and cannot 
be mitigated.

Failure to anticipate and 
manage the potential 
impact of Britain leaving the 
European Union.

place to govern levels of debt, 
cash management strategies 
and to control foreign exchange 
exposures. Hedging is in place 
for foreign exchange, and 
freight and energy prices are 
agreed in advance, to help 
mitigate volatility and aid margin 
management.

Board oversight: 
Board receives monthly treasury 
report.

Assessment of potential impact 
made and mitigating actions taken, 
including:

 z Implementation of plan to 

address potential cost inflation 
arising from the fall in the value 
of sterling

 z Modelling of impact of a short 
term recession on FY17 sales 
 z Product range and marketing to 
be positioned appropriately
 z Identification of potential profit 

protection opportunities.

Board oversight: 
Board receives monthly management 
accounts and quarterly management 
updates on likely out-turn for the 
financial year.

 X Mitigating actions taken as 

described.

Finance and 
treasury

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

Performance Indicators:
Operating cash conversion
Banking covenants
Loan headroom

Strategic initiative link:
All

Executive responsibility: 
Chief Financial Officer
Reports to: 
Chief Executive

Impact compared  
to 2014/15: 

Previous category: 
Finance and treasury

Brexit risk

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

Performance Indicator:
Sales and gross margin

Strategic initiative link: 
All

Executive responsibility: 
Chief Financial Officer 
Reports to:  
Chief Executive

Previous category: 
New

Trend Direction:

INCREASING

UNCHANGED

DECREASING

Link to strategy 

1

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

2

 NEW STORES

3

HOME DELIVERY

24

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   24

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:47

    
t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

As a result, a number of sales and gross 
margin based sensitivities against the 
five year plan have been reviewed by 
the Audit and Risk Committee and the 
Board as part of the assessment made 
to support this statement, together with 
the actions which could be taken to 
mitigate these. Account was also taken 
of the Group’s strong balance sheet and 
relatively low level of debt. 

In the scenarios reviewed by the Board 
the likely impact could be absorbed 
over the term of the financial forecasts 
by making adjustments to its operating 
plans within the normal course of 
business (without impacting its external 
financing or capital and dividend policy).

Going concern
The Directors have made appropriate 
enquiries and formed a judgement 
at the time of approving the financial 
statements that it is appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial information.

Viability statement
In accordance with provision 2.2 of the 
2014 Corporate Governance Code, in 
addition to the going concern statement, 
the Directors have also assessed the 
prospects of the Group over a longer 
period. 

The Directors confirm that the Group 
has considerable financial strength, 
and therefore they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will continue 
in operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due for the next five years, 
ending 3 July 2021. 

A period of five years has been chosen 
as this is the timeframe currently 
adopted by the Board as its strategic 
and financial planning horizon, and the 
business is largely dependent on UK 
consumer confidence and discretionary 
spending which is difficult to project 
beyond this period. 

The five year plan considers the Group’s 
earnings growth potential, its cash flows, 
financing options and key financial 
ratios, taking into account the economic 
outlook and principal risks and mitigation 
affecting the Group. 

This assessment of viability has been 
made with reference to the Group’s 
current position and future prospects, 
its strategy, the market outlook and its 
principal risks and the mitigation in place 
to manage them. These were reviewed 
by the Directors at their annual Strategy 
Day in May 2016 when the five year 
plan and the budget for the following 
year was considered and again at the 
September 2016 meeting, when the 
potential effect of the United Kingdom’s 
exit from the European Union was also 
considered. 

The Board considers that the risk 
most likely to occur in the near future 
is a reduction of sales due to a fall in 
consumer confidence following the 
Brexit vote, and an increase in its cost 
base as a result of the fall in the value of 
sterling against the US dollar. However, 
it also considers that the likely impact 
of any of the principal risks materialising 
would be a reduction in the level of 
sales growth and possibly a resultant 
weakening in gross margin. 

HOME DELIVERY

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

25

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   25

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:47

 
Corporate Social Responsibility

HOW WE MANAGE OUR CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (“CSR”)
Although we report on CSR topics separately, they are part of how we do business 
and so form part of the role accountabilities of our Executive Board members and 
are regular agenda items for the Board and Executive Board.

The diagram below illustrates how  
CSR is managed by us:

BOARD

OVERALL RESPONSIBILITY FOR CSR

 z Approve policies
 z Executive members have line responsibility for 

 z Monitor progress through KPIs and Board reports
 z Annual presentations on people, health and 

managing specific CSR topics 

safety and ethical sourcing

EXECUTIVE BOARD

MEMBERS HAVE LINE RESPONSIBILITY FOR MANAGING SPECIFIC CSR TOPICS

 z Approve policies prior to submission to Board

 z Regular Executive Board meeting agenda items

HOW WE MANAGE OUR CSR DIALOGUE AND COMMUNICATION

 z Customers: through 
customer care, online 
surveys and social 
media

 z Colleagues: weekly 
‘John’s Journal’,  
in-house magazine  
and through 
Colleagues’ Council

 z Suppliers: annual 
conference and 
meetings throughout 
the year

 z Others: social media, 
corporate website

26

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   26

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:47

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

Our key areas of focus – why these matter

OUR CUSTOMERS

OUR COLLEAGUES

See page 28

See page 29

Our core strength as a business is the delivery of market 
leading choice of products and services, at great value for 
money, and an enjoyable shopping experience, backed 
up by friendly and knowledgeable customer service. We 
can only deliver this by having customer interests at the 
heart of our business.

We believe that a ‘Great Place to Work = Great Place 
to Shop’. Our success is founded on the hard work and 
dedication of our colleagues; our aim is to preserve our 
culture and values as embodied in our ‘Key Business 
Principles’ as we grow, to provide our colleagues with 
more opportunities and more training, and to celebrate 
their success.

Who manages this for Dunelm: Marketing Director

Who manages this for Dunelm: People Director

OUR HEALTH  
AND SAFETY

See page 30

OUR SUPPLIERS AND 
HUMAN RIGHTS

See page 31

We have a duty of care which we take very seriously to 
ensure the health and safety of customers, colleagues, 
contractors and all other visitors to our premises. The 
Group’s Health and Safety manager regularly reports to 
Board and Executive Boards, and there is an on-going 
programme of education and training for colleagues.

We do not manufacture the vast majority of the products 
that we sell; therefore we need to maintain relationships 
with suppliers and manufacturers worldwide who can meet 
our high standards for design, innovation, quality and value. 
These suppliers must also demonstrate that they operate in 
accordance with recognised standards that uphold human 
rights and safety and prohibit modern slavery.

Who manages this for Dunelm: Chief Executive

Who manages this for Dunelm: Product Director

OUR COMMUNITY

OUR ENVIRONMENT

See page 32

See page 33

It is important to Dunelm and our colleagues and 
shareholders that we are responsible members of our 
community, and that we support local and national 
charitable causes.

We recognise that we have a responsibility to manage 
the impact of our business on the environment both now 
and in the future. The Group is committed to controlling 
and minimising the impact of its operations, directly and 
indirectly in the key areas of waste management, energy 
consumption and carbon (CO2) emissions.

Who manages this for Dunelm: Marketing Director

Who manages this for Dunelm: Chief Financial Officer

Link to strategy 

1

LFL STORES  
SALES GROWTH

2

 NEW STORES

3

HOME DELIVERY

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

27

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   27

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:54

    
 
Corporate Social Responsibility
Customers

Executive responsibility: 
Marketing Director

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

What do we do?
We aim to provide to our customers:

 z Market leading choice of products, 
fantastic availability and great value.

 z An enjoyable shopping experience, 
whether in store, online or through 
our catalogue.

 z Excellent service in-store, online and 

through our contact centre.

 z Stores which are convenient, safe and 

accessible.

 z Fair and truthful marketing.

Awards
 z Which? Recommended Provider for 
Furnishings and Homeware High 
Street Shop, June 2016.

 z Readers of House Beautiful Magazine 
awarded us Gold home retailer of the 
year 2016 and Silver online retailer of 
the year 2016.

 z Runner up – British Sandwich 

Association ‘Sammies’ award Café / 
Coffee Bar Sandwich Retailer of the 
Year 2016.

WHAT HAVE WE ACHIEVED THIS YEAR?

All of our strategic initiatives are aimed at improving our customer offer, but two will 
have particular impact on customers: our Store Format initiative will deliver a more 
exciting and inspiring in-store experience; our online initiative will deliver greater 
access to Dunelm, broader choice and a range of convenient delivery and collection 
options. Both of these are being led by our Marketing Director who was appointed 
in September 2015.

2015/2016 objectives

Achievements

Further develop our product 
ranges, including more 
market beating value offers 
and exciting new products

 X We have increased our seasonal offer. Web exclusives 
have been added in core categories to extend choice.

Enhance our “made to 
measure” curtains and blinds 
proposition

 X Development of our made to measure proposition is 

one of our eight strategic initiatives – a plan is in place to 
improve our offer in-store and online.

Further improvements to 
our home delivery service, 
including named day delivery 
options

 X Successful launch of our new web platform, giving better 
functionality and experience. Significant growth in home 
delivery. 

Other achievements
 z Clearer communication of value 

in store through new point of sale 
materials.

 z Investment in dedicated customer 

2016/17 objectives
 z Continued trial of a new store format 
in selected new and existing stores 
and a delivery of a significant refit 
programme across the estate. 

insight resource and launch of a new 
customer feedback mechanism (‘How 
Do We Measure Up?’) to help us 
better understand how to improve 
our offer.

 z Launch of a wider range online 

via a drop ship vendor service in 
partnership with key suppliers.

 z An increase in delivery/collection 

options for customers.

 z Project commenced to help us better 
define and communicate the Dunelm 
brand through our marketing, product 
offer and people.

 z Launch of a new way of talking about 
the Dunelm brand to customers 
across all channels.

28

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   28

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:55

Colleagues

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

Executive responsibility: 
People Director

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

What do we do?
We employ almost 9,000 colleagues 
across our business; in stores, our 
distribution and manufacturing 
operations, our contact centre in 
Radcliffe, and our store support centre 
team in Leicester. 

We are an equal opportunities employer; 
our policy is to recruit, develop, promote 
and retain skilled and motivated people 
regardless of disability, race, religion or 
belief, sex, sexual orientation, gender 
reassignment, marital status or age. 

At the end of the financial period, 
the breakdown of male and female 
colleagues was as follows:

Male Female

% 
Female

Group Board

Executive Board

7

6

2

4

22%

40%

Senior 
Management 
Team

22

11

33%

All colleagues

2,880

6,088

68%

We maintain regular communication with 
our colleagues via a weekly email from 
our Chief Executive (‘John’s Journal’), 
through regular store manager ‘huddles’, 
our Dunelm Gazette magazine which is 
published at least quarterly, and via the 
computer-based ‘Dunelm My Learning’, 
to which all colleagues have access. 

We operate a Colleagues’ Council, 
through which colleague representatives 
can raise and discuss ideas and concerns 
with senior management. These are 
fed back to the Executive Board for 
consideration and action. In addition, 
we run a colleague engagement survey, 
the output of which is fed back to the 
Executive Board. 

WHAT HAVE WE ACHIEVED THIS YEAR?

2015/2016 objectives

Achievements

Further graduate intake in 
September 2015

 X New graduate scheme launched, recruiting five 

graduates, each of whom reports to an Executive 
Board member and rotates around different functions, 
to gain a broad understanding of the business.

Review pay and benefits 
structure to ensure that it 
remains competitive and meets 
the needs of the business, 
taking into account the 
implications of the new National 
Living Wage

 X Agreed new Pay & Benefits principles for our Retail 
and Store Support Centre colleagues. In Retail, 
we re-contracted all colleagues and increased our 
established pay rate significantly above the National 
Living Wage. At the Store Support Centre we have 
introduced levels and pay banding to ensure fairness 
and consistency. 

Respond to issues and 
opportunities arising from the 
engagement surveys to take 
place in September 2015 and 
March 2016

Implement a new Learning 
Management System to enable 
training to be delivered at the 
touch of a button

 X Survey held in September 2015 with over 80% 

response rate and improved overall engagement 
each time. Actions to address issues agreed and 
implemented by the Executive Board. The March 2016 
survey was deferred pending appointment of a new 
third party provider.

 X Implemented in February 2016, giving all colleagues 
access to interactive training and development 
materials and support.

We offer a range of training and 
development opportunities to 
colleagues at all levels of the business. 

 z Increased capability in our Executive 
Board and Senior Management Team 
by recruiting 14 new senior colleagues.

These include:
 z Nationally accredited modern 
apprenticeships and NVQs.

 z Our graduate programme, which 
leads to an Institute of Leadership 
and Management qualification.
 z Support for colleagues studying for 

professional qualifications, such as in 
finance, HR and IT.

 z Workshops in management 
skills, such as leadership and 
communications.

 z Interactive computer based product 

knowledge.

Other 2015/2016 
achievements
 z As part of our initiative to provide 
more opportunities for our store 
based colleagues we have promoted 
116 colleagues to Retail Management 
positions, filling 68% of vacancies 
from homegrown talent.

 z Invested in a leadership 

development programme for our 
Senior Management Team, with 
contributions from external experts 
including our Non-Executive 
Directors.

2016/17 objectives
 z Deliver a ‘Sell More’ programme to 

colleagues to support them in being 
able to serve and sell.

 z A new approach to colleague 

engagement, using the same method 
as for customer feedback, which allows 
colleagues to give feedback more 
regularly and at their convenience.
 z Reinforce the Key Business Principles 
aligning the way we attract, reward 
and develop colleagues. 

 z Evolve our recruitment and training 
programmes, such as introducing a 
‘Dunelm degree’ offering the chance 
to work and study towards a degree 
level qualification as an alternative 
to attending a fee-paying university; 
and developing our high-potential 
graduate schemes. 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

29

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   29

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:58:57

 
Corporate Social Responsibility
Health and Safety

Executive responsibility: 
Chief Executive

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

What do we do?
The Board is ultimately responsible 
for the creation and implementation 
of our health and safety policy and 
procedures, which include an effective 
system of ‘upward’ and ‘downward’ 
communication, appropriate standards 
for monitoring performance and 
ensuring that sufficient resources are 
available to support this activity.

Health and safety is a standard agenda 
item at every Board and Executive Board 
meeting and each of these receive a 
monthly report and a formal annual 
presentation from the Group’s Health 
and Safety Manager with accident/risk 
analysis, review of previous objectives 
and agreement of new objectives for the 
next year.

Although senior management 
take responsibility for the overall 
implementation, maintenance and 
development of our safety management 
system, every colleague has a 
responsibility for the safety of themselves 
and other colleagues, customers and 
visitors.

In our stores, each store manager 
is responsible for ensuring the 
implementation of health and safety 
policy and procedures in his or her store, 
supported by the area manager and the 
Group Health and Safety Manager. At 
our Stoke distribution centre we have 
a dedicated Health and Safety Adviser. 
Risk assessments are in place at all 
Company sites and updated as required.

We have an in-house health and safety 
audit, which monitors compliance to 
policy and procedures and is reviewed 
annually to ensure that it meets best 
practice industry standards and to 
address any specific risks identified. Our 
stores complete an online self-audit 

WHAT HAVE WE ACHIEVED THIS YEAR?

2015/2016 objectives

Achievements

Implement a new health and 
safety management system 
for our new Stoke distribution 
centre

 X Full time Health and Safety Adviser now in place within 
our Stoke DC operation, covering both the new and old 
sites. Risk Assessments all reviewed and brought up to 
date and safety practices significantly strengthened.

Roll out ‘in house’ first aid 
training

Review of specific safety risks 
in Pausa coffee shops

 X Not implemented – we use St John’s Ambulance training 

instead.

 X Pausa accident records are now analysed on a monthly 
basis. Identified risks have now formed the basis of the 
Pausa section of the new health and safety audit.

Specific health and safety 
guidance for our Dunelm at 
Home service

 X Health and safety folder produced and is given out to all 
fitters. New H&S audit process covers risks specific to the 
role of consultants.

Update legionella database 
and produce action plan

New St Johns Ambulance 
First Aid Booking Portal

 X Legionella testing commenced in August 2016 

throughout all stores.

 X All stores can now book directly with and certificates can 

be uploaded from the site.

monthly and area managers audit each 
of their stores at least once a year. This is 
backed up by our in-house operational 
audit team and followed up by the 
Health and Safety Manager. Regular 
review meetings are held between the 
Group’s Health and Safety Manager and 
senior management from key operational 
functions. 

We have a proactive approach to safety, 
and colleagues are encouraged to report 
all potential hazards and risks. We have 
an on-going programme of education 
and training, including DVDs and 
interactive computer based learning and 
ensure colleague involvement through 
the Colleague Council.

Other achievements
 z Policy, risk assessments and method 

statements reviewed across all Group 
sites. 

 z New store audit devised with 

additional focus on coffee shop safety 
and five “red” risks which result in 
automatic failure.

 z Review of safety practices of third 
party contractors and logistics 
partners.

 z Significant reduction in liability claims 

received.

 z Decision taken to phase out use of 

forklift trucks in store warehouses by 
2021 to reduce risk to colleagues.

2016/17 objectives
 z Start implementing the programme to 
eliminate forklift truck usage in store 
warehouses.

 z Strengthen procedures relating to 

contractors working in stores, with a 
focus on working at height and roof 
working.

 z Continue to review the current health 
and safety processes with specific 
focus on areas of highest risk such as 
the new Stoke warehouse, and where 
needed, implement further training 
materials and support.

 z Provide IOSH “Managing Safety” 
training to Area People Managers 
and Shift Managers at Stoke and our 
Workroom operations.

 z Implement a simplified and focused 

induction DVD and validation quiz for 
all store colleagues.

30

overset text

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   30

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:58:59

Suppliers and Human Rights

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

Executive responsibility: 
Product Director

Link to strategy:
1    3

What do we do?
Effective management of human rights 
throughout our supply chain is built into 
our product procurement procedures. 
Our in-house technology team has 
extensive experience of working with 
factories to improve quality and ethical 
standards. Monitoring and working to 
improve human rights is part of the 
factory management role carried out by 
our Far East sourcing partners on our 
behalf.

All suppliers of product for resale have 
been made aware of the growing risk 
of modern day slavery and have been 
reissued with the Dunelm Ethical Code 
of Conduct, based on the Ethical Trading 
Initiative (‘ETI’) base code which has a 
strengthened section on slavery. New 
ethical audits will be semi-announced, 
4 Pillar SMETA audits. This is to gain a 
more realistic view of the manufacturer 
and learn more about the ethical stance 
of the company. 

We have assessed the remainder of our 
supply base for modern slavery risk and 
have required the major providers to 
sign our revised Code of Conduct. Our 
statement made pursuant to Section 54, 
Part 6 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015, 
which contains further information, is 
available at www.dunelm.com.

We work with our suppliers to ensure 
that our products are produced in clean 
and safe environments, that workers 
are treated with respect and earn a 
reasonable wage and that suppliers 
work within the relevant local laws and 
regulations. All manufacturers with whom 
we trade directly are required to sign up 
to our Code of Conduct. No new factory 
source is taken on without a satisfactory 
audit being in place, and audits are 
repeated at least every two years.

WHAT HAVE WE ACHIEVED THIS YEAR?

2015/2016 objectives

Achievements

Monthly audit corrective action 
reporting to be introduced for high 
volume Far East suppliers

 X Improved corrective action report format 

introduced to simplify and improve the progress 
on signing off corrective actions with suppliers.

Include training on ethical matters 
in induction for all members of the 
Buying Team, with annual refresher 
training

Increase the proportion of factories 
with ‘green’, ‘amber’ or ‘branded’ 
audits against our Ethical Code of 
Conduct

Monitor developments in anti-
slavery legislation and practice and 
adapt our processes accordingly

 X Ethical Auditing and Modern Day Slavery training 
for the Product Team, UK Suppliers and Far East 
Suppliers.

 X Score increased to 72% of product supply base 

(70% in 2014-15).

 X Reviewed the business overall to highlight the 
biggest slavery risks internally and for both 
stocked and non-stocked products. Investigated 
the core routes for high risks of slavery depending 
on country of origin and material sourcing.

Where non-compliance is discovered 
we have a formal procedure for working 
with a supplier to help them achieve 
compliance, usually within three months. 
Critical non-conformances such as use 
of child labour, working against choice/
slavery or absence of valid Building 
or Fire Certificates are escalated 
immediately, and supplies cease until the 
issue has been resolved. Ultimately, if 
progress is inadequate, we will cease to 
trade with the supplier.

We aim to treat all of our suppliers 
fairly and consistently. We ask all of our 
suppliers to sign our standard terms and 
conditions in advance of commencing 
trade. 

We have signed up to the Prompt 
Payment Code which requires companies 
to pay suppliers in accordance with 
agreed terms, with a default period of 
60 days. The number of days’ purchases 
outstanding for payment at 2 July 2016 
was 38 days (2015: 42 days).

 Other achievements
 z Clearer communication to suppliers 
about corrective actions and what is 
expected to make the improvements.
 z Black audits (critical failures) reduced 

from 27 in 2015 to 5 in 2016.

 z Ethical audits standardised to SMETA 

audit style.

2016/17 objectives
 z Introduce semi-announced (within 
a four week period) 4 Pillar SMETA 
audits for stock products. 

 z Extend audit regime to major coffee 
shop suppliers and non-stocked 
product suppliers.

 z New product development not 
to be granted to factories with a 
“red” rating, unless they are new to 
Dunelm or have shown a marked 
improvement in their corrective 
actions.

 z Include training on ethical and slavery 
matters in induction for all members 
of the Buying Team, with annual 
refresher training.

 z Introduce Factory Profile 

Questionnaire for potential vendors.
 z Roll out Technical Audits to top 30% 

of factories for stock products.

 z Obtain clarity on high risk countries of 
origin and materials for sustainability 
and slavery issues.

 z Monitor developments in anti-slavery 
legislation and practice and adapt our 
processes accordingly.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

overset text

31

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   31

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:59:01

 
Corporate Social Responsibility
Community

Executive responsibility: 
Marketing Director

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

What do we do?
We and our colleagues believe that 
the Company should contribute to 
the communities in which we operate, 
both nationally and in the local store 
community.

The Group pays corporation tax on its 
operations in the United Kingdom and 
does not operate in any tax havens, or 
use any tax avoidance schemes.

We have a Charity Committee which 
adopts a ‘charity of the year’, for which 
collections are made in-store, specific 
fund-raising events are organised and 
the Group makes its own donations. 
Each store has a ‘Charity Champion’ and 
amounts raised by store are reported 
monthly, with the top three recognised in 
the Dunelm Gazette.

We also support colleagues who are 
raising money for charities of their 
choice, often by matching the sums 
raised. All colleagues are entitled to 
an extra day’s paid leave to undertake 
charitable activities.

We donate funds raised from English and 
Scottish carrier bag sales to Roald Dahl’s 
Marvellous Children’s Charity, and from 
Welsh carrier bag sales to GroundWork. 
GroundWork is a charitable organisation 
which brings people and the 
environment together with practical local 
action to build stronger communities, 
create more green spaces and get 
people back into work through creating 
green jobs.

The total value of charitable donations 
made by the Group in the period ended 
2 July 2016 was £58,541 (2015: £98,000). 
Total funds raised for charity by the 
Group and colleagues was £231,328 
(2015: £366,000).

WHAT HAVE WE ACHIEVED THIS YEAR?

2015/2016 objectives

Achievements

Support our charity of the 
year, Roald Dahl’s Marvellous 
Children’s Charity

Funds were raised through a variety of ways including: 
 X The annual Charity Day, (a themed fancy dress 

fundraising event in-store);

 X Team fundraising events in-stores across the business;
 X Regular local donations including supporting schools, 
the local community, the town of Syston when Dunelm 
Store Support Centre is based, and communities where 
colleagues have expressed passion for a local cause.

 X Colleagues regularly volunteer their time thanks to the 

‘Charity Day’ annual leave colleague benefit.
 X Colleagues have been participating in marathons 

bungee jumps, mountain treks and skydives to raise 
money for our charity of the year and charities within 
local communities.

 X National and international donations with funds being 
sent to a variety of charities including: LOROS, Marie 
Curie, Cancer Research, Childreach International.

 X Full sponsorship of a colleague across various channels 
whilst he participated in the 7 days 7 irons challenge, 
with stores supporting him all the way through his seven 
day journey.

Continue to support our 
colleagues in their charitable 
fundraising efforts and by 
offering an annual day’s 
leave to support charitable 
activities

Sponsor for the ‘7 days 7 
irons’ challenge, supporting 
an individual who will 
complete seven triathlons 
from Land’s End to John 
O’Groats in seven days, and 
passing by 23 of our stores 
en route

 z Continue to support our colleagues 
in their charitable fundraising efforts 
by offering an annual day’s leave to 
support charitable activities.
 z We will continue to support local 
causes and community focuses 
where possible to ensure we help the 
communities around our entire estate.

2016/17 objectives
 z During the Summer of 2016 we 
embarked on a Company-wide 
Dunelm Relay Challenge involving 
160 locations within the estate 
and key suppliers. Our goal was to 
raise funds to support Roald Dahl’s 
Marvellous Children’s Charity with this 
Company-wide challenge beginning 
in July 2016 and ending in August 
2016.

 z From Autumn 2016 we have a new 
charity partnership with Homestart. 
Our goal is to support Homestart for 
a two year partnership and support 
their mission to help families create 
a nurturing, loving and stable family 
and home environment.

32

overset text

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   32

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:59:01

Environment

Executive responsibility: 
Chief Financial Officer

Link to strategy:
1   2   3

Dunelm is committed to controlling and 
minimising the impact of its business on 
the environment. 

The Group has an Environment 
Committee responsible for the 
development and implementation of 
strategies to maximise waste recycling 
and to reduce energy consumption and 
carbon (CO2) emissions. 

t
r
o
p
e
r

i

c
g
e
t
a
r
t
s

WHAT HAVE WE ACHIEVED THIS YEAR?

WHAT HAVE WE ACHIEVED THIS YEAR?

2015/2016 objectives

Achievements

2015/2016 objectives

Achievements

Eliminate glass drinks 
packaging within our coffee 
shops

Deliver full LED lighting 
systems to at least 50% of 
our stores and re-lamp all 
lighting department display 
canopies

Fully test voltage-
optimisation technology 
and reduce site capacity 
requirements

Launch web-based 
compliance audits

 X Plastic packaging has now replaced glass packaging in 

Lorem ipsum

 X Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. 

all coffee shops.

 X Plastic bottles are now segregated in store and back-

hauled to our DC for re-cycling.

 X 87 stores (55%) of the estate have full LED lighting 

installed.

 X LED systems and budgets have been approved for an 

additional 40 stores.

 X All lighting canopies have been re-lamped and a greater 

range of LED bulbs are now on sale to customers.

 X Voltage optimisation has been successfully implemented 

in three stores.

 X Opportunities for voltage-optimisation have been 

identified in 15 additional sites.

 X An electricity capacity review has been completed with 

many sites being reduced.

 X Web-based compliance audits have been developed 

and are now live.

 X 15 store audits have been completed identifying 

improvements to site set-up and raising colleague 
awareness.

Lorem ipsum

Donec accumsan quis ex quis vulputate. Mauris rhoncus 

turpis tortor, ac fermentum purus dictum sit amet. Fusce 

ac accumsan diam. Praesent sollicitudin velit velit. Donec 

vel eros massa. Suspendisse sit amet lacus sagittis, 

pretium enim id, fermentum neque. In eu congue risus. 

Nam quis sem ut libero lacinia faucibus.

 X Nunc diam est, efficitur vel lobortis non, consequat sed 

ligula. Quisque eget viverra risus. Pellentesque vitae leo 

eget massa placerat cursus quis vitae tellus. In.

 X Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipiscing elit. 

Donec accumsan quis ex quis vulputate. Mauris rhoncus 

pretium enim id, fermentum neque. In eu congue risus. 

Nam quis sem ut libero lacinia faucibus.

 X Nunc diam est, efficitur vel lobortis non, consequat sed 

ligula. Quisque eget viverra risus. Pellentesque vitae leo 

eget massa placerat cursus quis vitae tellus. In.

WASTE RECYCLING

Waste Recycled
%

82%

83%

78%

78%

85%

12-13

13-14 14-15 15-16

Target
16-17

Key objectives
 z To maximise levels of waste recycling.

 z To anticipate and to be fully 

compliant with all waste legislation.

2016/17 objectives
 z We will audit all sites to ensure that 
the latest equipment, signage and 
training is in place.

 z We will engage colleagues to 

promote greater awareness and to 
drive consistently high standards.

 z We will launch a new scheme to 

recycle all take-away coffee cups in 
support sites.

What we do
Dunelm operates a ‘Recycle at Work’ 
initiative across the business aimed 
at achieving high levels of recycling. 
All sites have balers for cardboard 
and colour-coded bins to segregate 
waste and are supported by training 
programmes that increase colleague 
awareness and compliance.

Our national distribution centre in Stoke 
recycles all of our cardboard, plastics, 
paper, bottles, cans, metal and wooden-
pallets. In addition all electrical waste 
is recycled through a WEEE compliant 
scheme. Any waste that is not directly 
recycled within the business is sent 
offsite for further sortation.

The Group achieves a direct recycling 
rate of 78%. This increases to circa 90% 
following offsite sortation.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

33

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   33

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:59:03

 
Corporate Social Responsibility
Environment
Heading

ENERGY USE

Year on year reduction  
in electricity usage %

1.2
12-13

1.1
13-14

14-15 15-16 Target
16-17

(5.8)

(10.0)

(14.2)

GREENHOUSE  
GAS EMISSIONS

CO2e emissions  
tCO2e per £1m Group Revenue

40.2

39.9

34.9

29.0

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

CRC Annual Report Data 

What we do
Dunelm targets energy reduction on 
a site-by-site basis. ‘Smart’ meters are 
fitted to electricity and gas supplies 
and measure energy consumption on a 
half-hourly basis. Building Management 
Systems (‘BMS’) designed to optimise 
energy use, are also standard across the 
estate. 

Energy consumption is monitored 
by our dedicated Energy Manager in 
conjunction with a specialist energy 
partner. We target underperforming sites 
as well as the implementation of various 
energy reduction initiatives to maximise 
energy efficiency while maintaining a 
comfortable trading environment for our 
customers and colleagues.

The business has prioritised a 
programme to invest in full LED lighting 
at all sites. All new stores are 100% LED 
and we have retro-fitted 69 stores to this 
efficient technology. 87 stores (55% of 
the estate) now have LED lighting fitted.

The Group was fully compliant with the 
Energy Savings & Opportunities Scheme 
(‘ESOS’) newly launched this year. In 
addition, we have partnered with a 
specialist energy provider in this area to 
maximise the benefit and to ensure our 
on-going compliance.

Our key objectives
 z To optimise energy use across the 

business.

 z To evaluate renewable technology 
options and trial where appropriate.

 z To fully comply with the new Energy 
Savings & Opportunities Scheme.

2016/17 objectives
 z Continue our programme of LED 

investments to all sites.

 z To reduce like-for-like energy 

consumption by in excess of 10%.

 z To monitor performance of our solar 
powered stores and assess future 
investment potential.

What we do
We have invested in photovoltaic 
systems (solar power) in four of our 
stores (Leeds, Dunstable, Bristol and 
Cambridge). These systems replace 
energy sourced through the national grid 
with local renewable energy.

We continue to source electricity 
from ‘Green Energy’ supplies such as 
combined heat and power sources 
where CO2 emissions are 30% lower than 
the national average. 

Dunelm also works with a specialist 
partner to consult on our energy buying 
strategy, investments in energy saving 
technology and to further focus on 
reducing our carbon emissions.

Our company car fleet is graded on 
emissions and we encourage the use 
of fuel efficient vehicles in all schemes. 
Average emissions in 2016 were 108 
CO2 g/km (2015: 110 CO2 g/km). 

Our key objectives

 z To reduce CO2 emissions relative to 

turnover year-on-year.

 z To identify and trial new technologies 
to reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

Our current performance
Carbon Dioxide Equivalent (‘CO2e’) 
emissions data is reported using the 
GHG Protocol Corporate Standard 
(Scope 1 & Scope 2) and applies to our 
organisational boundary as defined by 
the ‘operational control’ approach.

The methodology used to calculate 
our emissions is based on the UK 
Government’s GHG Conversion Factors 
for Company Reporting 2013. 

Dunelm uses ‘Tonnes of CO2e per £m 
of turnover’ as its intensity measure 
reflecting the link between growth, 
activity and performance.

34

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   34

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:59:07

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Governance

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

3535

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   35

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:59:07

Directors and Officers

I

N
O
S
R
R
A
H
Y
D
N
A

n
a
m

r
i
a
h
C

NA N R

Chair of the  
Nominations  
Committee

T
T
E
W
O
R
B
N
H
O
J

e
v

i
t
u
c
e
x
E

i

f
e
h
C

Key strengths: A former CEO with considerable experience of leading 
large consumer facing organisations with a strong service offer. Long-
standing plc experience and shareholder understanding.

Dunelm role: Chairs the Board, which is responsible for Group 
strategy, performance, risk oversight and good governance. Chairs the 
Nominations Committee. Regularly visits stores to meet colleagues 
and members of the senior management team. Participates in investor 
presentations and some shareholder meetings. 

Key strengths: Experienced Chief Executive. Exceptional combination 
of business leadership and outstanding retail skills across a breadth of 
sectors, from grocery to electricals and fashion. Proven experience of 
applying technology in multi-channel operations.

Dunelm role: Leads the Group and the Executive Board and liaises 
with the Remuneration Committee in respect of below Board 
remuneration. Attends Audit and Risk Committee meetings by 
invitation.

Joined Dunelm Board: September 2014.

Joined Dunelm Board: July 2015.

Previous experience: Chief Executive of Whitbread plc from 2010 
to 2016. Chief Executive of easyJet plc from 2005 to 2010. Chief 
Executive of RAC plc between 1996 and 2005. Non-Executive Director 
and Chair of Audit Committee at EMAP plc from 2000 to 2008.

Other commitments: None.

Previous experience: Various leadership positions at Tesco PLC 
between 1999 and 2007, including appointments as Strategy Director, 
CEO of Tesco.com, and Group Operations Development Director. 
CEO of Dixons Retail plc between 2007 and 2012. Senior Vice 
President Apple Retail. CEO of Monsoon 2012 to 2015.

Other commitments: Non-Executive Director of Octopus Capital 
Limited and Octopus Investments Limited.

Y
N
E
M
E
N
O
M
S

I

t
n
e
d
n
e
p
e
d
n

I

i

r
o
n
e
S

r
o
t
c
e
r
i

D

NA N R
A

Chair of the  
Remuneration  
Committee

r
o
t
c
e
r
i

D
e
v

i
t
u
c
e
x
E
-
n
o
N

Y
T
R
E
H
O
D
Z
I
L

NA N R
A

Chair of Audit and  
Risk Committee

Key strengths: A current CEO with extensive general management 
experience in a retail model, customer service and hospitality 
expertise. Long-standing plc experience and shareholder 
understanding.

Key strengths: A former Finance Director with extensive operational 
experience in international consumer and retail businesses, specifically 
with brands, marketing and online. Long-standing plc experience and 
shareholder understanding.

Dunelm role: As a Non-Executive Director, provides strategic advice, 
monitors management performance and oversees risk management. 
Regularly visits stores to meet store colleagues and members of 
the senior management team. Attends investor presentations and 
shareholder meetings. Senior Independent Director and Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee.

Joined Dunelm Board: June 2007.

Previous experience: Sales and marketing, customer service and 
general management in the brewing and hospitality sector.

Other commitments: Chief Executive of Fuller Smith and Turner plc.

Dunelm role: As a Non-Executive Director, provides strategic advice, 
monitors management performance and oversees risk management. 
Regularly visits stores to meet store colleagues and members of 
the senior management team. Attends investor presentations and 
shareholder meetings. Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Joined Dunelm Board: May 2013.

Previous experience: Fellow of the Chartered Institute of 
Management Accountants (FCMA). Finance Director of Reckitt 
Benckiser plc (2011 to 2013), Brambles Limited (Australia) (2007 to 
2009) and Group International Finance Director of Tesco PLC from 
2003 to 2007.

Other commitments: Non-Executive Director of Corbion NV and 
Novartis International AG.

36

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   36

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:59:32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Y
E
L
R
E
D
D
A
L
L
I
W

n
a
m

r
i
a
h
C
y
t
u
p
e
D

NA

r
e
c

i
f
f

O

l

a

i

c
n
a
n
F

i

i

f
e
h
C

N
W
O
D
H
T
E
K

I

Key strengths: Has worked in, and is familiar with, all parts of the 
Group. Specific strengths in buying and trading with strong and long-
standing supplier relationships. Has been instrumental in growing the 
Group to its current size having developed the out-of-town format in 
the late 1990s. 

Dunelm role: Executive Director and major shareholder, who spends 
his time on strategic activities which protect and enhance shareholder 
value and preserve the Group’s culture and values. Member of the 
Nominations Committee. 

Joined Dunelm Board: 1992, and has worked for Dunelm for his 
whole career. He took over the day-to-day running of the Group from 
his father in 1996. Remained as Chief Executive through the Group’s 
IPO in 2006. Became Deputy Chairman in February 2011 and was 
reappointed Chief Executive in September 2014. Resumed his role of 
Deputy Chairman when John Browett became Chief Executive on  
1 January 2016.

Previous experience: All parts of Dunelm’s business.

Other commitments: WA Capital Limited.

Key strengths: Finance background and extensive plc experience in 
retail and consumer businesses. Understanding of investor community. 
Strategic and financial perspective across a number of Group 
functions.

Dunelm role: Leads the finance department, as well as taking 
responsibility for a number of strategic and cross-functional initiatives. 
Participates in Audit and Risk Committee meetings by invitation and 
sits on the Executive Board.

Joined Dunelm Board: December 2015.

Previous experience: Chartered Accountant who, after qualifying at 
KPMG, held a number of senior finance roles in convenience retailing 
and at Tesco PLC. Finance Director of JD Wetherspoon Plc between 
2008 and 2011 and Chief Financial Officer at The Go-Ahead Group Plc 
between 2011 and 2015. 

Other commitments: Non-Executive Director of Topps Tiles plc.

r
o
t
c
e
r
i

D
e
v

i
t
u
c
e
x
E
-
n
o
N

E
V
E
E
R
M
A
I
L
L
I
W

NA N R
A

r
o
t
c
e
r
i

D
e
v

i
t
u
c
e
x
E
-
n
o
N

I

S
U
R
R
E
T
E
P

NA N R
A

Key strengths: A serial entrepreneur and investor with deep digital 
experience, who can operate at Board level. 

Dunelm role: As a Non-Executive Director, provides strategic advice, 
monitors management performance and oversees risk management. 
Regularly visits stores to meet store colleagues and members of 
the senior management team. Attends investor presentations and 
shareholder meetings.

Joined Dunelm Board: July 2015.

Previous experience: Co-founder of three internet-related businesses: 
Fletcher Research, LOVEFiLM.com, and Secret Escapes. Non-Executive 
Director of numerous others including Graze.com, Paddy Power plc 
and Zoopla.

Other commitments: Co-CEO of Hubbub.co.uk.

Key strengths: A current CEO with deep experience in retail and 
brands, working for both large and more entrepreneurial organisations, 
with a particular expertise in marketing.

Dunelm role: As a Non-Executive Director, provides strategic advice, 
monitors management performance and oversees risk management. 
Regularly visits stores to meet store colleagues and members of 
the senior management team. Attends investor presentations and 
shareholder meetings.

Joined Dunelm Board: September 2015.

Previous experience: Senior positions at John Lewis Partnership (2005 
to 2013), Levi Strauss (2001 to 2004) and Ted Baker (1997 to 2001).

Other commitments: Chief Executive of Jigsaw.

Committee memberships 
A

Audit and Risk Committee member

NA

N R

Nominations Committee member

Remuneration Committee member

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

37

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   37

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:59:46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors and Officers CONTINUED

r
o
t
c
e
r
i

D
e
v

i
t
u
c
e
x
E
-
n
o
N

NA

S
R
A
E
S
N
O
R
A
M

I

T
N
A
R
R
U
D
N
W
A
D

y
r
a
t
e
r
c
e
S

y
n
a
p
m
o
C

Key strengths: Extensive plc company secretarial and legal 
experience including corporate governance, legal and regulatory 
compliance, mergers and acquisitions, company and commercial, retail 
and consumer law.

Dunelm role: Responsible for governance, legal and regulatory 
matters. Member of the Executive Board.

Joined Dunelm: November 2011.

Previous experience: Qualified as a solicitor at Allen & Overy (1988  
to 1994). Company Secretary of Geest plc between 1994 and 2005.

Other commitments: None.

Key strengths: Extensive City, investor and banking experience 
including mergers and acquisitions. Customer focused and strategic. 
Long-standing plc experience and shareholder understanding.

Dunelm role: As a Non-Executive Director, provides strategic advice, 
monitors management performance and oversees risk management. 
Regularly visits stores to meet store colleagues and members of the 
senior management team. Now non-independent, as defined by 
tenure, but asked to remain on the Board by the Board members 
and Adderley family. Attends investor presentations and shareholder 
meetings.

Joined Dunelm Board: July 2004. Marion was Senior Independent 
Director and Chair of Remuneration Committee 2006-2015 and Chair 
of Nominations Committee until 2016.

Previous experience: Robert Fleming, JP Morgan Investment 
Banking. 

Other commitments: Non-Executive Director of Persimmon plc, 
Fidelity European Values plc, Aberdeen New Dawn Investment  
Trust plc and WA Capital Limited.

Y
E
L
R
E
D
D
A
L
L
I
B

t
n
e
d
i
s
e
r
P
e
f
i

L

d
n
a

r
e
d
n
u
o
F

Bill, together with his wife Jean, founded the business in 1979. 
Although no longer on the Board or actively involved in management, 
Bill and Jean remain major shareholders.

Committee memberships 
A

Audit and Risk Committee member

NA

N R

Nominations Committee member

Remuneration Committee member

Notes:
David Stead was Chief Financial Officer until he was succeeded by Keith Down 
on 7 December 2015. David retired from the Board on 31 December 2015.

Geoff Cooper, former Chairman, retired from the Board on 7 July 2015 and was 
succeeded as Chairman by Andy Harrison on 8 July 2015.

38

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   38

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:59:56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Chairman’s Letter

Andy Harrison Chairman

De ar  Sh ar e h o l d er

The last fifteen months have been a period of renewal for the 
Dunelm Board, with new appointments to both the Executive 
and Non-Executive teams. This has been spurred partly by the 
natural retirement process and partly by the Board’s desire to 
bring in new skills and experiences to deliver our ambitious 
plans. The new team is settling down remarkably well, helped 
by our Deputy Chairman and the experience of our longer 
serving Non-Executive Directors. 

We remain totally committed to maintaining our track record 
of good governance, supporting best practice guidelines and 
seeking to apply them in a pragmatic way that adds value to 
Dunelm.

Marion Sears has played a central role in our Board renewal 
and I am delighted that she will continue as a Non-Executive 
Director. To comply with best practice she has retired from the 
Audit and Risk and Remuneration Committees, and as chair of 
the Nominations Committee.

We have asked Simon Emeny to continue as our Senior 
Independent Director and Chair of our Remuneration 
Committee for one more year. We really appreciate the 
continuity and experience that he brings to our Board. 
Although he has served nine years, we believe his 
independence has been in no way compromised by his length 
of service.

In January we held a Corporate Governance meeting, attended 
by Will Adderley, the Non-Executive Directors and myself, to 
which our major institutional shareholders were invited. We had 
a useful exchange of views on a number of governance topics, 
which we have taken into account in our subsequent Board 
discussions. 

We have carried out our regular Board evaluation process, 
with the help of an external expert. This confirmed that your 
new Board is working well together and brought some helpful 
insights to make us more effective.

At our AGM this year, as usual, all Directors will be seeking 
reappointment. In addition, in accordance with the Listing 
Rules, each of the Non-Executive Directors will also be subject 
to a vote of shareholders independent of the Adderley family. 

In April, Will Adderley, our Deputy Chairman and a major 
shareholder, disposed of part of his shareholding to the point 
where it is no longer necessary for us to seek a Rule 9 waiver 
to support our policy to buy back shares to satisfy employee 
share option entitlements. When we asked for this waiver in 
previous years it has caused a policy difficulty for a number of 
our institutional shareholders, although the Board believes that 
it has been in the interests of our shareholders as a whole.

I look forward to meeting shareholders at the AGM.

Yours sincerely

Andy Harrison 
Chairman 
14 September 2016

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

39

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   39

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:59:58

Corporate Governance Report

2015/16 SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

7 JULY 2015
Geoff Cooper retired as Chairman

31 DECEMBER 2015
David Stead retired from the Board

8 JULY 2015
Andy Harrison succeeded Geoff Cooper as Chairman

10 SEPTEMBER 2015
Peter Ruis appointed as a Non-Executive Director

11 SEPTEMBER 2015
Simon Emeny succeeded Marion Sears as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee

1 JANUARY 2016
John Browett succeeded Will Adderley as Chief Executive;  
Will became Deputy Chairman

7 JANUARY 2016
Corporate Governance presentation to shareholders

11 MARCH 2016
Andy Harrison succeeded Marion Sears as Chair of the 
Nominations Committee

24 NOVEMBER 2015
AGM – revised Remuneration Policy approved by shareholders

7 DECEMBER 2015
Keith Down succeeded David Stead as Chief Financial Officer

MARCH TO JUNE 2016
External Board evaluation

Overview
Our approach to governance has been unchanged since 
flotation in 2006, and can be summarised as follows:

 z We believe that good governance leads to stronger value 

creation and lower risks for shareholders.

 z It is the Board’s responsibility to instil and maintain a culture 

of honesty, integrity and transparency throughout the 
business, through our policies, communications and by the 
way in which we act.

 z We support corporate governance guidelines and apply 
them in a way that is meaningful to our business and 
consistent with our culture and values. 

 z If we decide that the interests of the Company and its 
shareholders can be better served by doing things in a 
different way, we will explain the reasons why. 

For more information please see the copy of the presentations 
that we made to our major institutional investors and 
shareholder representatives in January 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015 
and 2016, available in the ‘Reports and Presentations’ section 
of our corporate website. 

Code compliance
This report explains how we have applied the principles of 
good governance and code of best practice set out in the 
Corporate Governance Code published in September 2014 
(the ‘Corporate Governance Code’).

The Board considers that it has fully complied with the 
Corporate Governance Code during the financial year covered 
by this annual report, with the exception of the fact that Marion 
Sears, determined by the Board in September 2015 to be 
no longer independent, continued to chair the Nominations 
Committee during a transitional period until March 2016. The 
Nominations Committee did not meet during this time. 

The Board considers that it has continued to comply with the 
Corporate Governance Code since the financial year end. In 
making its determination, particular consideration was given 
to the independence of Simon Emeny, who has served nine 
years on the Board in June 2016. Further details are given in 
the section below headed ‘Independence of Non-Executive 
Directors’.

40

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   40

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:18

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Board role and composition
The Board has three roles:

STRATEGY

GOVERNANCE

PERFORMANCE

Set the strategy to secure the 
continued growth of the Group 
over the long term in the interests 
of our shareholders, taking account 
of our responsibilities to colleagues, 
customers, the community in which 
we operate and the interests of our 
other stakeholders.

Instil and maintain a culture of 
honesty, integrity and transparency.

Ensure that financial and other 
controls and processes for risk 
management are in place and 
working effectively. 

Set an effective remuneration policy. 

Ensure that resources are in place to 
deliver the strategy.

Maintain good relationships with 
shareholders.

Review progress towards strategic 
and operational goals and the 
performance of management.

Board balance and committee 
membership is appropriate and 
effective, and fully compliant with 
the requirements of the Corporate 
Governance Code. 

The Board structure at the date of this report is shown below:

ANDY HARRISON CHAIRMAN

EXECUTIVES/NON-INDEPENDENTS

INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVES

Will Adderley Deputy Chairman
John Browett Chief Executive 
Keith Down Chief Financial Officer
Marion Sears Non-Executive Director

Simon Emeny Senior Independent Director
Liz Doherty Non-Executive Director
William Reeve Non-Executive Director
Peter Ruis Non-Executive Director

The names and roles of each of the Directors during the period are set out in the table below. 

Name

Position at period end

Committee Chair

Note

Andy Harrison

Chairman

Nominations

Succeeded Geoff Cooper as Chairman on 8 July 2015.

Will Adderley

Deputy Chairman

John Browett

Chief Executive

None

None

Was Chief Executive until he was succeeded by John Browett on  
1 January 2016.

Became Chief Executive on 1 January 2016. Prior to that was Chief 
Executive Designate.

Keith Down

Chief Financial Officer

None

Appointed on 7 December 2015.

Simon Emeny

Senior Independent Director Remuneration

Chair of Remuneration Committee from 11 September 2015.

Marion Sears

Non-Executive Director

None

Retired as Remuneration Committee Chair on 11 September 2015 and 
as Nominations Committee Chair on 11 March 2016.

Liz Doherty

Non-Executive Director

Audit and Risk

William Reeve

Non-Executive Director

Peter Ruis

Non-Executive Director

Geoff Cooper

David Stead

None

None

None

None

None

None

Appointed on 10 September 2015.

Former Chairman, retired from the Board on 7 July 2015.

Former Chief Financial Officer. Succeeded by Keith Down on  
7 December 2015 and retired from the Board on 31 December 2015.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

41

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   41

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:18

Corporate Governance Report CONTINUED

Chairman, Deputy Chairman and Chief 
Executive responsibilities
The Board has adopted written statements setting out the 
respective responsibilities of the Chairman, the Deputy 
Chairman and the Chief Executive; these are available on the 
Group’s website or from the Company Secretary. In general 
terms, the Chairman is responsible for running the Board and 
the Chief Executive is responsible for running the Group’s 
business. The Deputy Chairman supports the Chairman and 
the Chief Executive and undertakes activities to promote the 
long term interests of the business and preserve its culture.

Independence of Non-Executive 
Directors
As required by the Corporate Governance Code and the 
Listing Rules of the United Kingdom Listing Authority, the 
Board considers annually whether all independent Non-
Executive Directors continue to exhibit independence of 
character and judgement prior to putting them forward 
for reappointment at the AGM. This was last considered in 
September 2016 and we confirmed that Andy Harrison was 
independent on appointment and that Simon Emeny, Liz 
Doherty, William Reeve and Peter Ruis are independent.

As noted above, in the Board’s annual review of the 
independence of the Non-Executive Directors in September 
2016, particular consideration was given to the assessment of 
Simon Emeny’s independence in view of his nine year tenure. 
To help preserve continuity following changes to the Board in 
the past year, Simon has been asked to stay on until the AGM 
in 2017, at which point we would anticipate the appointment 
of an additional independent Non-Executive Director to 
succeed him. The Board determined that Simon’s tenure 
has in no way affected his independence of character and 
judgement, and therefore he should continue to be considered 
as ‘independent’. The Board has treated Marion Sears as a 

‘non-independent’ Director since September 2015 in view of 
her tenure of more than nine years on the Board. In March 
2016 she was appointed a director of WA Capital Limited. WA 
Capital Limited is a private limited company established by Will 
Adderley (the Deputy Chairman, and a major shareholder) to 
act as a long term holding company for his beneficial interest 
in the Company and various other investments. One of the 
factors set out in the Corporate Governance Code to indicate 
that a director may not be independent is the existence of 
a ‘relationship which is likely to affect or could appear to 
affect the director’s judgement’ and/or ‘cross-directorships or 
significant links to other directors through involvement in other 
companies’. The Dunelm Board considered the matter prior to 
Marion’s appointment to the Board of WA Capital and decided 
that it would not affect her judgement as a Director of Dunelm; 
and that any potential conflict of interest could be cleared on 
the basis that WA Capital Limited and Will Adderley are parties 
to a Relationship Agreement (referred to below in the section 
headed ‘Conflicts of Interest’) which regulates their conduct. 
Further, as Marion is already treated as non-independent, there 
are no implications for Board composition. The Board therefore 
gave prior consent to the appointment, and considered and 
cleared the potential conflict of interest.

Both Marion and Simon will put themselves forward for 
reappointment at the AGM by shareholders independent of 
the Adderley family as well as a full shareholder vote.

As noted in the report of the Nominations Committee, Board 
refreshment is a continued area of focus and we continue to 
consider the tenure of all Directors as part of our succession 
planning. Our policy on Board diversity is explained in the 
Nominations Committee report.

Change of Non-Executive Director responsibilities
During the period the following planned changes in the responsibilities of the Non-Executive Directors took place:

Date

8 July 2015

Role

Chairman

Previous

Geoff Cooper

11 September 2015

Chair of Remuneration Committee

Marion Sears

11 March 2016

Chair of Nominations Committee

Marion Sears

New

Andy Harrison

Simon Emeny

Andy Harrison

42

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   42

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:19

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Board attendance
The Board held ten meetings in the course of the year, one of 
which was dedicated to a formal review of strategy. Attendance 
at meetings was as follows: 

Director

Will Adderley

John Browett

Geoff Cooper1

Liz Doherty

Keith Down2

Simon Emeny

Andy Harrison

Peter Ruis2

William Reeve

Marion Sears

David Stead1

Meetings attended

10

10

1

10

6

10

10

8

9

10

4

Areas of focus

Strategy

 X Group strategy, 

including our eight 
strategic initiatives

 X Property strategy
 X Budget

Governance  
and risk

 X Board succession
 X Board 

independence, 
composition and 
diversity

 X Investor feedback 

via advisors

 X AGM voting and 

feedback 

 X Culture and values
 X Treasury policy 
 X Capital and 

Dividend policy 

 X Tax policy

 X Risk reviews and 
“what keeps us 
awake at night”
 X Health and safety
 X Ethical sourcing
 X Modern slavery
 X IT security and 
cyber security
 X Market abuse 
regulation

1.  Geoff Cooper and David Stead attended all meetings prior to their 

retirement.

2.  Peter Ruis and Keith Down attended all meetings subsequent to their 

Operational

appointment.

Any Director who was unable to attend a meeting received the 
papers in advance and passed on comments to the Chairman.

Board meetings
There is a schedule of matters reserved to the Board for 
decision or approval, which is available on the Group’s 
website or from the Company Secretary. Examples of such 
matters include Group strategy and budget, Group capital 
structure, approval of financial results and report and financial 
statements, significant capital or contractual commitments, 
maintaining internal control and risk management and approval 
of significant Group-wide policies.

At each meeting, the Chief Executive and the Chief Financial 
Officer report on operational performance (including health 
and safety) and the Chief Financial Officer reports on financial 
performance. There is a rolling agenda of other operational, 
strategic and risk topics which is regularly refreshed to reflect 
the most up-to-date strategy and ‘live’ issues in the business. 
The principal topics discussed by the Board in 2015/16 were:

 X Competitor activity
 X Customer insight
 X Store operating 

model
 X Format 

development

 X People strategy 
and colleague 
engagement 
 X Supply chain 
strategy

 X Product quality

We measure the time spent on strategy, governance and 
operational performance at each meeting. Over the year, the 
biggest part of our time was spent on strategy, followed by 
governance and operational performance, which the Board 
considers to be appropriate.

Minutes of all Board and Committee meetings are taken by the 
Company Secretary and committee secretary respectively and 
circulated for approval. Any unresolved concerns raised by a 
Director are recorded in the minutes.

Non-Executive Director meetings
The Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors formally 
met once during the year without Executive Directors being 
present and regularly have informal, individual, meetings with 
the Executive Directors and other senior managers in the 
business, usually at a store location. 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

43

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   43

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:19

Corporate Governance Report CONTINUED

Board committees
The Board has appointed three committees, an Audit and Risk 
Committee, a Nominations Committee and a Remuneration 
Committee. The terms of reference of each of these 
committees can be found on the Group’s website and are 
available from the Company Secretary. 

Evaluation
Each of the Directors receives a formal evaluation of their 
performance during the year.

The Board and committees are also formally evaluated as a 
whole.

2015 Evaluation
The actions arising from the 2015 review conducted by Andy 
Harrison, as incoming Chairman, were:

 z To ensure that the Board retains and builds on its strengths 
in the coming year during a period of substantial change 
around the Board table. 

 z Continued focus on the Board succession plan.

The Board considered that these objectives, which were 
necessarily broad in a year of change in the composition of 
the Board, have been met. This was confirmed by the 2016 
external Board evaluation. 

2016 Evaluation
An external evaluation was conducted by Lorna Parker in 
April to June of 2016. Lorna Parker does not have any other 
connection with the Group or any of its Directors.

The conclusion of this evaluation was that the Board and its 
committees are functioning well and dynamics are good, 
with all members actively engaged, proud to be associated 
with Dunelm and ambitious for its future. A number of 
recommendations were made and accepted by the Board to 
build on this and make the Board even more effective. The key 
recommendations were:

 z Refocusing the Board’s agenda so that more time is spent 

discussing key aspects of the strategy where the Board can 
add most value to the Executive team, with sufficient time 
on each topic to allow a free flowing debate.

 z Build more structured Non-Executive time into the Board 
timetable; additional Non-Executive only dinners and 
scheduled Non-Executive only sessions at the end of each 
Board meeting.

 z Maximising value from the Non-Executive Directors by 

informal ‘mentoring’ of Executives and continuing to share 
their specialist knowledge and leadership experience 
through presentations to the Senior Management Team.

 z The Company Secretary to facilitate more formal 

governance training for the Non-Executive Directors.

Details of the membership of the committees and of their 
activities during the past financial year can be found in the 
reports from the Chair of each of the committees.

Training and induction
Upon joining the Board, any new Director is offered a 
comprehensive and tailored induction programme with 
visits to key sites and meetings with senior managers and 
other colleagues. This includes access to recent Board and 
Committee papers, including strategy documentation; 
meetings with each of the Executive Directors and 
the Company Secretary and other members of senior 
management; store visits; meetings with advisers such as the 
auditors.

This year four new Directors joined the Board, two Executives 
and two Non-Executives.

 z John Browett, Chief Executive, had a six month period 
as Chief Executive designate, which he spent gaining a 
detailed knowledge of the business. This included time 
working in stores and our distribution centre and meeting 
with advisers and key suppliers, as well as getting to know 
Board members and senior management. This work enabled 
him to formulate the Senior Management Team and devise 
the eight strategic initiatives that will drive forward the 
Board’s strategy.

 z Keith Down, Chief Financial Officer, had a short handover 
period with his predecessor David Stead. He had a formal 
induction programme which included time with Board 
members and other senior managers in store, as well as 
meetings with advisers and our auditors.

 z William Reeve and Peter Ruis, Non-Executive Directors, both 
met with the Chairman and other Directors and have met 
other senior management in store. They received a briefing 
from the Company Secretary on the duties of PLC directors.

We have an open culture and Non-Executive Directors are 
free to make direct contact with senior management and store 
teams. Throughout the year all Directors have visited stores 
both informally and together with members of the senior 
management team. 

The Company Secretary reports to the Board at each meeting 
on new legal, regulatory and governance developments 
that affect the Group and actions are agreed where 
needed. Directors attend seminars and tutorials provided 
by independent organisations which cover a wide range of 
governance topics.

As part of the annual Board evaluation, any additional training 
or development needs are addressed by the Chairman with 
each Director. Please see the Directors’ biographies on pages 
36 to 38 for details of the specific skills and experience of each 
Director.

44

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   44

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:19

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Investor relations and understanding 
shareholder views
We formalised our Investor Relations Strategy in 2013 and it is 
available on our corporate website. The main elements are:

Event

Company attendees

Results presentation
Twice a year

Presented by Chief Executive and 
Chief Financial Officer
Attended by Chairman and other 
Directors

Meetings with institutional 
investors (‘roadshow’)
Twice a year

Chief Executive and Chief 
Financial Officer
Chairman and Non-Executive 
Directors attend a selection of 
meetings

Adderley family dinner
Once a year

All Directors and Company 
Secretary

AGM
Once a year

All Directors and Company 
Secretary

Corporate governance 
presentation
Every one or two years

Chairman, Non-Executive 
Directors and Will Adderley

Analyst and shareholder 
presentation at store
Every two or three years

Chief Executive and Chief 
Financial Officer
Other senior managers as 
appropriate

The Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer report back 
to the Board after the investor roadshows. The Group’s brokers 
and financial PR advisers also provide a written feedback report 
after the full and half year results announcements and investor 
roadshows to inform the Board about investor views, and in 
addition Non-Executive Directors attend a selection of investor 
meetings.

In January we held a Corporate Governance meeting, 
attended by Will Adderley, the Non-Executive Directors, the 
Company Secretary and myself, to which our major institutional 
shareholders were invited. This was the first opportunity for the 
corporate governance representatives of our shareholders to 
meet with the new Non-Executive team following the changes 
that have taken place during 2015. We had a useful exchange 
of views on a number of governance topics, including Board 
composition, the work of the Audit and Risk Committee, 
remuneration, the Rule 9 waiver and corporate social 
responsibility. The views expressed were considered by the full 
Board and have been taken into account in our subsequent 
Board discussions. 

Our corporate website contains useful shareholder information, 
copies of presentations and policies in relation to governance 
and corporate social responsibility. Please see http://dunelm.
production.investis.com.

All Directors will be available at the Annual General Meeting to 
meet with shareholders and answer their questions. 

Rule 9 waiver
In April, Will Adderley, our Deputy Chairman and a major 
shareholder, disposed of part of his shareholding. As his 
shareholding is now below 30%, and the combined Adderley 
shareholding is above 50%, we are no longer required to seek a 
Rule 9 waiver at AGM to support our policy to buy back shares 
to satisfy employee share option entitlements, so long as this 
situation remains the case after the Company share purchase. 
The Rule 9 waiver vote caused a policy difficulty for a number 
of our institutional shareholders, which can now be avoided.

The Board has reviewed whether our policy to purchase shares 
in the market to satisfy share option entitlements (as opposed 
to issuing shares) is still appropriate; we believe that it is in the 
interests of our shareholder base as a whole as it avoids dilution 
of shareholdings, and it is supported by the majority of our 
institutional shareholders. I would like to reassure shareholders 
again that shares bought back by the Company will be held in 
treasury and used only to satisfy share option entitlements, and 
not cancelled. 

Significant shareholders
The Group’s significant shareholders are listed in the Directors’ 
report on page 83 and voting rights are stated on page 82.

Conflicts of interest
The Companies Act 2006 allows the Board of a public company 
to authorise conflicts and potential conflicts of interest of 
individual Directors where the Articles of Association contain a 
provision to that effect. The Company’s Articles of Association 
give the Board this authority subject to the following 
safeguards:

Directors who have an interest in matters under discussion at 
a Board meeting must declare that interest and abstain from 
voting.

Only Directors who have no interest in the matter being 
considered are able to approve a conflict of interest and, 
in taking that decision the Directors must act in a way they 
consider, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the 
success of the Company.

The Directors are able to impose limits or conditions when 
giving authorisation if they feel this is appropriate. 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

45

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   45

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:19

Corporate Governance Report CONTINUED

Powers of Directors
The business of the Company is managed by the Board, which 
may exercise all of the powers of the Company, subject to the 
requirements of the Companies Act, the Articles of Association 
of the Company and any special resolution of the Company. 
As stated above, the Board has adopted internal delegations 
of authority in accordance with the Code and these set out 
matters which are reserved to the Board or committees and the 
powers and duties of the Chairman and the Chief Executive 
respectively.

At the Annual General Meetings of the Company from 2007 
onwards, the Board has sought and been given authority 
to issue shares and to buy back and reissue shares. Similar 
resolutions are being tabled at the 2016 Annual General 
Meeting. Any shares bought back would be held in treasury 
for reissue to employees who exercise options under one of 
the Group’s share incentive schemes. For further details see 
the Notice of Annual General Meeting which accompanies this 
report.

Advice and insurance
All Directors have access to the advice and services of the 
Company Secretary. In addition Directors may seek legal 
advice at the Group’s cost if they consider it necessary in 
connection with their duties.

The Group purchases Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance 
cover for its Directors.

Articles of Association
The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended 
by a special resolution of shareholders. 

Governance and risk
Details of our risk management framework, systems and 
controls and internal control framework are set out in the 
Strategic report on pages 17 to 25.

This report was reviewed and approved by the Board on  
14 September 2016.

Andy Harrison 
Chairman 

All Directors are required to disclose any actual or potential 
conflicts to the Board and the following existing matters have 
been considered and approved:

 z Will Adderley is a major shareholder and connected to 
other major shareholders. Authorised on the basis that 
Will continues to abide by the terms of the Relationship 
Agreement entered into between himself, other major 
shareholders and the Company on flotation of the Company 
in 2006.

 z Marion Sears is a director of WA Capital Limited, a private 
limited company established by Will Adderley to act as a 
long term holding company for his beneficial interest in the 
Company and various other investments. Authorised on the 
basis that WA Capital Limited is party to the Relationship 
Agreement referred to above.

Any actual or potential conflicts are considered by the Board 
and any authorisations given are recorded in the Board minutes 
and reviewed annually by the Board.

Conflicts that have been disclosed are reviewed annually by 
the Board.

The Board considers that its procedures to approve conflicts 
of interest and potential conflicts of interest are operating 
effectively.

Appointment and removal of Directors
The Articles of Association of the Company provide that 
a Director may be appointed by ordinary resolution of the 
Company’s shareholders in general meeting, or by the 
Board so long as the Director stands down and offers him or 
herself for election at the next Annual General Meeting of 
the Company. The Articles also provide that each Director 
must stand down and offer him or herself for re-election by 
shareholders at the Annual General Meeting at least every 
three years. The Board has decided to adopt the requirement 
of the Corporate Governance Code, that all Directors should 
stand down and offer themselves for re-election at each Annual 
General Meeting.

Directors may be removed by a special resolution of 
shareholders, or by an ordinary resolution of which special 
notice has been given in accordance with the Companies Act 
2006. The Articles also provide that the office of a Director 
shall be vacated if they are prohibited by law from being a 
Director, or is bankrupt; and that the Board may resolve that his 
or her office be vacated if he or she is of unsound mind or is 
absent from Board meetings without consent for six months or 
more. A Director may also resign from the Board.

The Nominations Committee makes recommendations to the 
Board on the appointment and removal of Directors.

In accordance with the Corporate Governance Code, all 
Directors will retire from the Board and offer themselves 
for re-election at the Annual General Meeting. Non-
Executive Directors will also be subject to a separate vote by 
shareholders independent of the Adderley family as required 
by the Listing Rules of the United Kingdom Listing Authority.

46

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   46

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:25

Letter from the Chair of the 
Audit and Risk Committee

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Liz Doherty Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee

De ar  Sh ar e h o l d er

This has been a year of change for the Board and for the Audit 
and Risk Committee. Keith Down was appointed as our new 
Chief Financial Officer in early December 2015, succeeding 
David Stead who retired from the Board at the end of that 
month. I am pleased to report that the transition has been a 
smooth one, reflecting the calibre of both individuals and the 
strength of the finance team and the controls and systems in 
place. 

Marion Sears retired from the Committee in September 2015 
to comply with corporate governance guidelines, following 
the Board’s determination that she is no longer ‘independent’ 
due to her tenure on the Board. I thank her for her vigilant and 
dedicated service to the Committee during the previous ten 
years. Andy Harrison also retired from the Committee when he 
was appointed Chairman in July 2015, again to comply with 
governance guidelines. Both continue to make themselves 
available for attendance as requested. The Committee has 
also welcomed our two new Non-Executive Directors, William 
Reeve and Peter Ruis, who joined the Board in July 2015 and 
September 2015 respectively. We therefore have a healthy mix 
of old and new members to bring both ‘corporate knowledge’ 
and continuity as well as fresh perspectives.

We have spent time this year overseeing the preparations for 
the Board’s statements on long term viability, going concern 
and risk management. This work has involved looking again at 
our principal risks and ensuring that the process for reviewing 
and assessing them is expressly linked to our financial planning 
process, and to our annual report disclosures. 

The Board has responded to the FRC’s Financial Reporting 
Lab’s paper in November 2015 on ‘Disclosure of dividends 
– policy and practice’, and has provided a more detailed 
description of its capital and dividend policy. This was reviewed 
by the Committee prior to being adopted by the Board.

All businesses continue to be exposed to cyber risks, and this 
continues to be a standing agenda item for the Committee. 
Following a number of high profile data security breaches at 
other businesses, the Committee carried out a ‘deep dive’ 
review of the processes in place at Dunelm to manage a data 
breach.

Our programme of internal audit activity, supported by external 
assurance providers, continued throughout the year. Specific 
reviews were conducted of the way in which we account for 
supplier income and the accounting processes used with ‘drop 
ship’ vendors.

We paid our auditors PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP advisory 
fees of £70,500 in the financial year, as against the audit fee 
of £75,000. This relates to the review work carried out on our 
interim results which we requested for the first time this year 
to reflect the growing size and complexity of the business; to 
some follow up work on senior management remuneration 
from a previous year; and to a technical piece of work to 
support the future availability of distributable reserves. We 
have adopted a new policy on use of our auditors for non-audit 
services for the FY17 financial year which is in line with recently 
adopted regulations.

Looking forward, we have noted the recent revisions to 
the Corporate Governance Code which relate to Audit 
Committees and also the Financial Reporting Council’s 
guidance issued in June, and we will be taking steps to ensure 
that we can demonstrate that we are adhering to these. 

I look forward to meeting shareholders at the AGM.

Yours sincerely,

Liz Doherty 
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 
14 September 2016

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

47

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   47

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:28

Audit and Risk Committee Report

2015/16 SUMMARY

Principal activities
 X Review of annual financial statements for FY15 and interim results for FY16

 X Review of the process for the identification and mitigation of principal risks including the development of an assurance 

framework and the process for Board oversight 

 X Review of approach to the viability statement

 X Review of processes in place to minimise the risk of a data security breach and the process for handling one in the event that 

one occurred

 X External assurance reviews of supplier income and the accounting processes used for ‘drop ship’ vendors

Since the year end
 X Approval of the full year annual financial statements for FY16

 X Approval of the Board’s dividend policy statement

 X Approval of the Board’s tax policy statement

 X Approval of revised policy on use of auditors to provide non-audit services

This report provides details of the role of the Audit and Risk Committee and the work it has undertaken during the year and at its 
meeting in September 2016 when the annual report and financial statements were approved.

Principal duties
The principal duties of the Committee are to:

 X oversee the integrity of the Group’s financial statements and public announcements relating to financial performance

 X hold the relationship with the external auditors and oversee the external audit process

 X oversee the internal audit process

 X monitor the effectiveness of financial controls and the process for identifying and managing risk throughout the Group 

The full terms of reference for the Committee can be found on the Group’s website, www.dunelm.com. These terms were last 
reviewed by the Committee in September 2016.

The Committee has approved a policy which allows employees to raise legitimate concerns in confidence without fear of 
discrimination, including access to an independent whistleblowing helpline. A copy of our policy is available on our corporate 
website. During the year the Committee received reports detailing the calls made to the helpline.

Committee membership
The following Directors served on the Committee during the year:

Name

Liz Doherty (Chair)

Marion Sears3

Simon Emeny

William Reeve

Andy Harrison1

Peter Ruis2

From: 

1 May 2013

To:

To date

18 January 2005

11 September 2015

25 June 2007

1 July 2015

1 September 2014

10 September 2015

To date

To date

7 July 2015

To date

1.  Andy Harrison stepped down from the Committee due to his appointment as Chairman on 8 July 2015.

2.  Peter Ruis was appointed to the Board and the Committee on 10 September 2015.

3.  Marion Sears stepped down from the Committee on 11 September 2015.

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee.

48

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   48

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:28

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

The Chief Financial Officer and the Chairman of the 
Board usually attend meetings by invitation, along with a 
representative from the external auditors. Other Directors 
attend by invitation as required.

The Board considers that I have recent and relevant financial 
experience by virtue of my professional qualification and my 
previous executive roles, including as Chief Financial Officer 
of Reckitt Benckiser Group plc. Members of the Committee 
can also demonstrate a breadth of experience across the retail 
and consumer goods sector through their current and previous 
roles – please see the Directors’ biographies on pages 36 to 38 
for full details.

Committee activities in 2015/16
Three meetings were held in the year and members’ 
attendance was as shown in the table below. 

Name

Liz Doherty 

Marion Sears1 

Simon Emeny 

William Reeve 

Andy Harrison1 

Peter Ruis2

Meetings attended

3

1

3

3

0

2

1.  Andy Harrison stepped down from the Committee on 8 July 2015 and 

Marion Sears retired on 11 September 2015. They attended all meetings 
during their tenure on the Committee.

2.  Peter Ruis was appointed to the Board on 10 September 2016. He has 

attended all meetings since then.

The activities of the Committee included:

Routine items
 z Approval of the full year results issued in September 2015 

and the half year results issued in February 2016

 z Review of the process for identifying and managing risk 

within the business in September 2015, and a full review of 
the principal risks and how they are managed by the Board 
in February 2016

 z Verification of the independence of the auditor and 

approval of the scope of the audit plan and the audit fee

 z Review of fraud and Bribery Act controls and cyber security 

which are standing agenda items for each meeting

 z Receipt of external assurance reports (see below)

 z Approval of the annual Audit and Risk Committee report

 z Review of whether the FY15 and FY16 annual reports are 

‘fair, balanced and understandable’

 z Annual review of tax policy, business control framework and 

terms of reference

Specific topics
 z Review of the process used to support the viability 
statement to be given in the FY16 annual report

 z Review of processes in place to manage a data security 

breach

 z Review and approval of dividend policy statement

 z Revision of our policy on use of auditors for non-audit work

 z External assurance review of supplier income and the 

process used with ‘drop ship’ vendors

Significant areas of judgement
Within its terms of reference, the Committee monitors the 
integrity of the annual and half year results and interim 
management statements, including a review of the significant 
financial reporting issues and judgements contained in them.

At its meetings in September 2015 and 2016, the Committee 
reviewed a comprehensive paper prepared by the Chief 
Financial Officer, which analysed the Group’s results for the 
financial year; highlighted matters arising in the preparation of 
the Group financial statements; and provided information to 
support the Directors’ viability and going concern statements. 
The Committee also considered a paper prepared by the 
external auditors, which included significant reporting and 
accounting matters. 

The major accounting issues discussed by the Committee in 
September 2016 in relation to the FY16 Annual Report and 
Financial Statements were as follows: 

Provisions for inventory, returns and 
property
For each of the above, the Committee considered the 
approach taken by management and assessed available 
evidence, including historical outcomes. Particular attention 
was given to reviewing the provision for obsolete, slow-moving 
or discontinued inventory and the pattern of stock clearance 
over the financial period. The Committee concluded that the 
values recorded in the financial statements are appropriate. 

Complex supplier arrangements
The Committee received a report from management on 
the nature and scale of supplier income. The Committee 
noted that the main source of supplier income is through 
retrospective volume rebates, that these are not significant 
in the context of the Group’s financial statements, and that 
management’s policy for recognising such income is in any 
event conservative.

“Fair, balanced and understandable”
At the request of the Board, the Committee also considered 
whether the annual report and financial statements as a whole 
are “fair, balanced and understandable”. Factors taken into 
account included:

 z Does the narrative of the Chief Executive’s and Chief 

Financial Officer’s reviews fairly reflect the performance of 
the Group over the period reported on?

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

49

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   49

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:28

Audit and Risk Committee Report CONTINUED

 z Are the narrative sections consistent with each other, and 

with the financial statements?

 z Is the connection between strategy and remuneration 

Resolutions to reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
as auditors and to authorise the Directors to agree their 
remuneration will be put to shareholders at the AGM.

clearly described?

 z Can readers easily identify key events that happened during 

the year?

Committee members received the draft annual report in 
advance and had the opportunity to make comments in 
advance of the formal meeting at which the report was tabled 
for approval.

Following its review, the Committee confirmed that the FY16 
annual report was “fair, balanced and understandable”.

External auditor
The report and financial statements were audited by 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, following that firm’s appointment 
as statutory auditor in January 2014. 

One of the primary responsibilities of the Audit and Risk 
Committee is to assess the effectiveness of the external audit 
process and make recommendations to the Board in relation to 
the appointment, reappointment and removal of the external 
auditors. The Committee took a number of factors into account 
in its assessment, including but not limited to:

 z The quality and scope of the planning of the audit. In 
February 2016, the external auditors presented their 
strategy for 2015/16 to the Committee. The Committee 
reviewed and agreed with the external auditors’ assessment 
of risk. The Committee also reviewed the audit approach 
and the approach to assessing materiality for the Group;

Use of auditors for non-audit work
The Committee is aware that the use of audit firms for non-
audit work is a sensitive issue for investors and corporate 
governance analysts, as it could potentially give rise to a 
conflict of interest.

We have a relatively flat management structure and all 
advisory work commissioned from our auditor is required to be 
sanctioned by the Chief Financial Officer, who obtains the prior 
approval of the Committee (or between meetings of myself as 
Committee Chair). Consent would only be given if there are 
no issues regarding independence. Much of the advisory work 
that we outsource is tax related, and we have retained the 
services of KPMG for this purpose. 

Following the issue of the EU Audit Directive in June 2016, we 
reviewed our policy on the use of auditors for non-audit work 
in September 2016. The full policy is available on our website, 
www.dunelm.com, but in summary from FY17:

 z Fees for non-audit services provided by the statutory 

auditor in any year may not exceed 70% of the average fees 
for the Group statutory audit in the three previous years.

 z The auditor will be prohibited from providing certain non-

audit services, including:

 — almost all tax work

 — internal audit 

 — corporate finance

 z The quality of reports provided to the Committee and the 

 — involvement in management activities, including working 

Board and the quality of advice given;

 z The level of understanding demonstrated of the Group’s 

businesses and the retail sector;

 z The objectivity of the external auditor’s views on the 

controls around the Group and the robustness of challenge 
and findings on areas which required management 
judgement;

 z The findings from the FRC’s annual inspection of auditors 

published in May 2016.

The fee paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for the statutory 
audit of the Group and Company financial statements 
and the audit of Group subsidiaries pursuant to legislation 
was £75,000. A breakdown of non-audit fees paid to 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP during the financial year is set 
out below. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP attended the Committee 
meetings in September 2015, February, June and September 
2016. The Committee also met privately with them during the 
September meetings, and as Chair of the Committee I had 
dialogue with the audit partner on a number of occasions. 

capital and cash management and the provision of 
financial information.

During the period we paid PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
£70,500, of which £15,000 related to their review of the 
interim financial statements and £40,000 to a technical piece 
of work to support the future availability of distributable 
reserves. The remainder was in relation to an executive salary 
benchmarking exercise for below Board Executives. In each 
case they were considered to be the best firm to provide 
the work in view of their expertise and knowledge of the 
Group. Their appointment was made in line with the policy 
applicable during the financial year, and was approved by me 
as Committee Chair. 

Fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for audit work were 
£75,000.

50

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   50

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:28

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Internal control framework
In 2015 the Committee adopted a formal internal control 
framework, covering the following areas: business ethics 
including anti-bribery controls; accountabilities; people 
management, including succession planning; development and 
alignment of incentives; risk management processes; internal 
control; crisis management; monitoring and reporting. 

The framework and the controls in place were reviewed by the 
Committee in June 2016, together with progress that had been 
made against actions agreed in 2015. Although no significant 
control weaknesses have been identified, we agreed that 
we would look at how assurance of performance against the 
controls is gained to identify whether any further assurance is 
needed.

Information security
Information security remains one of the most important risk 
areas and it is a standing Committee agenda item, as well as 
being one of the Board’s principal risks, as outlined in the ‘Risks 
and Uncertainties’ section of this annual report. In view of the 
high profile data breaches suffered by certain retailers, and 
the tougher data protection regime that will shortly come into 
force under the terms of the Data Protection Directive, this year 
the Committee also reviewed the processes we have in place 
to minimise the risk of a data breach and also the steps that 
we would take in the event that a breach occurred, and found 
them to be appropriate. 

Approved by the Board of Dunelm Group plc on 14 September 
2016 and signed on its behalf by 

Liz Doherty 
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 

Auditor rotation
It is our policy to tender the statutory audit at least every five 
years and to rotate auditors at least every 20 years, in line 
with the requirements of the EU Audit Directive. This means 
that the next tender will be for the 2018/19 audit at the latest. 
We will also invite at least one firm outside the ‘Big Four’ 
to participate in the tender process. I can confirm that the 
Company has complied with The Statutory Audit Services 
for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use 
of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee 
Responsibilities) Order 2014 during the financial year.

Viability statement and risk management
The Company is required to provide a viability statement 
for the first time in this year’s annual report. The Committee 
reviewed the process in place to support the assurance given. 
This included a full review of the principal risks facing the 
Group and the process by which they are managed by the 
Board and management. We also reviewed the risks in the 
context of our strategic and financial planning process to 
ensure that all elements are appropriately aligned. As a result 
of this review, we revised the ‘Principal Risks and Uncertainties’ 
statement set out in this report to make it more consistent with 
the terminology used by management. 

The Committee formally reviewed the process in place to 
support the viability statement and for the identification and 
management of risks in September 2016 and confirmed that it 
is appropriate and in compliance with regulatory requirements.

Internal audit/external assurance
The Committee initiated a formalised programme in 2013 
with activities conducted either by an internal team that is 
independent of the area under review, or by an external party, 
decided on a case by case basis. In either case, the review is 
conducted on behalf of the Committee and reports back to 
them. In February 2016 the Committee discussed and agreed 
that this approach to internal audit remains satisfactory.

Topics reviewed in the year are set out below:

Review topic

Review of supplier income

‘Drop ship’ vendor processes

Reviewed by

KPMG

KPMG

Reports were discussed by the Committee and the Board and 
a number of actions agreed to improve controls.

In addition, the Committee monitored progress against actions 
agreed following the reports received in the 2014-15 financial 
year from external assurance providers in relation to pensions 
auto-enrolment. All agreed actions are now completed. 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

51

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   51

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:28

Letter from the Chair of the  
Remuneration Committee

Simon Emeny Chair of the Remuneration Committee 

De ar  Sh ar e h o l d er

This is my first letter as Chair of the Committee, and I would 
like to start by thanking Marion Sears, my predecessor, for the 
detailed and dedicated work she has carried out chairing the 
Committee over the past ten years; and for putting in place 
the principles behind our remuneration structure, which have 
been largely unchanged since flotation in 2006. I have been a 
member of the Committee for the past nine years, and intend 
to continue to apply these principles, which have the support 
of our shareholders and are in line with best practice.

Last year we put forward a revised Remuneration Policy for 
approval at the AGM. We needed to update the performance-
related elements of Executive remuneration following the 
appointment of our new Executive team, John Browett 
(Chief Executive) and Keith Down (Chief Financial Officer). 
I am pleased that the policy was approved by 97.7% of our 
shareholders, reflecting the positive feedback that we had 
received through prior consultation with our major institutional 
shareholders. This policy is set out on the following pages 
of this report, although we are not asking for shareholder 
approval this year.

The Committee is aware that remuneration continues to be 
an issue of focus for shareholders and governance analysts, 
particularly where executive reward earned is out of line with 
profits and shareholder returns. Our policy has always been 
to structure remuneration so as to reward shareholder value 
creation over the long term, so that the majority is performance 
based according to stretching targets. We consider that 
this remains relevant and are pleased that our simplicity of 
approach and execution is in line with recent policy statements 
issued by institutional investor bodies, and the Executive 
Remuneration Working Group.

At the time of writing this report, the effects of the United 
Kingdom’s vote to leave the European Union is unclear. A 
sustained economic slowdown or a significant increase in 
our cost base could have a material effect on the potential 
outcome of our performance based incentive schemes, 
particularly the Long Term Incentive Plan. Although we have 
left the targets unchanged for the LTIP awards to be granted 
this year, we will review these before we make awards in 2017 
to ensure that they continue to be in line with our policy to 

provide fair reward for strong performance. We would consult 
with major shareholders before proposing any change.

In the financial year under review, our Chief Executive and 
Chief Financial Officer have earned an annual bonus equal to 
58% of the maximum, reflecting the financial performance of 
the business, the work that has been carried out to further our 
eight strategic initiatives, and their own personal performance. 
Although both have received awards under our Long Term 
Incentive Plan, these awards will not vest until 2018, subject of 
course to performance conditions. Will Adderley’s basic salary 
was reduced to £1 from 1 July 2015 at his request, and he has 
also waived his entitlement to an award under the Long Term 
Incentive Plan. Total executive pay was therefore £1.8m, 1.4% 
of PBT.

Our 2015 policy also requires that newly appointed Executive 
Directors are required to make an investment in Dunelm shares 
on appointment (subject to Company closed periods). I am 
pleased to report that in October 2015 John Browett purchased 
21,606 shares for £200,227 and Keith Down purchased 5,265 
shares for £49,500; Keith made a further purchase of 3,246 
shares in April 2016 for £29,700. Since the year end John and 
Keith have purchased 4,534 and 5,629 shares respectively, 
taking their total holdings at the date of this report to: John 
Browett: 27,785 shares and Keith Down: 14,140 shares.

For completeness I should add that Will Adderley and David 
Stead did not receive any payment in respect of loss of office 
when John Browett and Keith Down assumed the roles of 
Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer respectively. David 
Stead, who retired as a good leaver after 12 years, has been 
permitted to benefit from performance-related bonus and LTIP 
options earned during his employment, pro-rated to his service 
and after applying performance criteria. Full details were 
disclosed on his retirement and are set out in the report and in 
last year’s report, and are in line with our approved policy.

I look forward to meeting shareholders at the AGM.

Yours sincerely,

Simon Emeny 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
14 September 2016

52

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   52

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:34

Executive Remuneration Structure – at a glance

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

GROUP STRATEGY
DELIVER SHAREHOLDER VALUE THROUGH LONG TERM, SUSTAINABLE, PROFITABLE GROWTH

Remuneration strategy
 z Pay fairly for an individual’s role and responsibilities
 z Reward strong performance
 z Focus on long term value creation
 z Align Executives with shareholders through share 

Remuneration structure
 z Base pay and benefits at median or below
 z Annual bonus at median
 z Long Term Incentive Plan at upper quartile
 z Two thirds of variable pay retained in shares for duration 
of employment and half of these for a further two years

ownership

Policy  
element

Base salary

Pension

Annual bonus 
maximum

Annual bonus 
performance 
measures

Long Term 
Incentive Plan

Long Term 
Incentive Plan 
performance 
measures

‘Lifetime lock-in’

Will Adderley
Deputy Chairman

£1

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

John Browett
Chief Executive

£500,000

Keith Down
Chief Financial Officer

£350,000

20% of base salary

15% of base salary

125% of base salary

80% PBT

20% strategic and personal targets

110,000 shares per annum

60,000 shares per annum

Growth in EPS relative to RPI growth over three years

At least two thirds of all performance pay (after payment 
of income tax and NI) invested in Dunelm shares to 
be held for duration of employment; half of holding 
retained for 2 years after that

Shareholding 
requirement

n/a as Will is a major 
shareholder

100% of salary by July 
2018

100% of salary by 
December 2018

Shareholding (as 
percentage of 
salary) at year end 

Performance pay 
earned in FY16

54,161,779  
shares

n/a

200% by July 2020

200% by December 2020

23,251 shares

37% of salary

8,511 shares

19% of salary

58% of maximum annual 
bonus earned in FY16

58% of maximum annual 
bonus earned in FY16

No LTIP shares were due 
to vest

No LTIP shares were due 
to vest 

FY16 ‘single 
figure’ 
remuneration

FY16 total Board 
‘single figure’ 
remuneration 

Company EPS  
growth FY16

£21,000

£981,600

£403,703

£2.26m

1.8% of PBT

7.5%

Note

CEO and CFO base 
salary increased by 2% 
on 1 July 2016 in line 
with Group award

Awards made in 
December 2015: 
performance period 
FY16–FY18

Further awards planned 
in October 2016 for 
performance period 
FY17–FY19.

Does not include 
unvested shares in LTIP 
or joining award

Keith Down’s annual 
bonus was pro-rated 
from his appointment on  
7 December 2015

Keith Down’s 
remuneration dates from 
his appointment on  
7 December 2015

Note: from 1 July 2015, Will Adderley requested that his annual base salary be reduced to £1 and he has waived all performance-related benefits including 
LTIP awards. 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

53

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   53

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:34

Remuneration Report

HOW OUR POLICY IS LINKED TO OUR STRATEGY

The principles behind, and the reasons for, the overall remuneration structure that we have adopted for our Executive Directors 
are directly related to our long term strategic goal of delivering shareholder value through the profitable growth of a quality 
business.

Since the flotation of the Company our Executive remuneration has been structured specifically:

 X To pay fairly and appropriately for an individual’s role and responsibilities;

 X To reward strong performance;

 X To be focused on long term value creation;

 X To align Executives strongly with shareholders through share ownership.

The majority of the Executive Directors’ potential remuneration is variable and performance-related in order to encourage and 
reward superior business performance and shareholder return. Discretion is allowed in certain circumstances to ensure rewards are 
appropriate and overall levels of pay are analysed carefully each year.

This is consistent with delivery of the objectives set out in our corporate strategy, which are all long term in nature; namely the 
growth of like-for-like sales in store; obtaining national coverage from rolling out new stores; and growing sales and profit in the 
home delivery channel. Our approach is also in keeping with the family origin of the business, and is important to the Adderley 
family who remain our majority shareholders.

It is our intention to maintain a simple and transparent remuneration structure for the benefit of all parties.

Introduction
This Directors’ Remuneration Report is divided into three sections: the Letter from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee, 
set out on page 52; the Policy Report; and the Annual Report on Implementation.

The Policy Report sets out the Directors’ remuneration policy, which was approved by shareholders at the Annual General 
Meeting on 24 November 2015, and took effect from that date. This was a binding vote and the policy remains in place until the 
AGM in 2018.

No payment may be paid to a Director or past Director unless it is consistent with the approved policy unless shareholder 
approval is sought.

The Annual Report on Implementation sets out how the policies approved in November 2014 and November 2015 have been 
applied during the financial year being reported on and how policy will be applied in the coming year. This report will be put to 
shareholders for approval at the Annual General Meeting in November 2016, although the vote on the implementation report is 
advisory.

This report complies with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013, as well as the UK Corporate Governance Code and the 
UKLA Listing Rules.

54

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   54

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:34

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

THE POLICY REPORT
Directors’ Remuneration Policy 2015
The policy set out below took binding effect from the date of its approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on  
24 November 2015, to replace the policy that was approved in 2014. It remains in force for three years from the date of approval, 
and will be due for renewal at the latest at the 2018 AGM.

The information contained in this report is unaudited unless specifically stated as being audited.

Future policy table
The following table sets out the structure of remuneration for Directors of the Company.

Executive Directors
Base salary

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

 X Fixed remuneration for the role.
 X To attract and retain the high-calibre talent necessary to develop and deliver the business strategy.
 X Reflects the size and scope of the Executive Director’s responsibilities.

Operation

 X Normally paid monthly.
 X Base level set in the context of:

 z Pay for similar roles in companies of similar size and complexity in the relevant market.

 z Scale and complexity of the role.

 X Should comprise a minority of potential remuneration.

Maximum 
opportunity

 X Reviewed annually, with percentage increases in line with the Company-wide review unless other 

circumstances apply, such as:
 z A significant change in the size, scale or complexity of the role or of the Company’s business
 z  Development and performance in role (for example on a new appointment base salary might be 

initially set at a lower level with the intention of increasing over time).

 X The Committee does not consider it to be appropriate to set a maximum base salary that may be paid to 

an Executive Director within the terms of this policy.

Performance metrics

 X None, although performance of the individual is considered at the annual salary review.
 X No recovery provisions apply to base salary.

Retirement benefits

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

 X To provide a competitive post-retirement benefit.
 X To attract and retain the high-calibre talent necessary to develop and deliver the business strategy.

Operation

 X Contribution equivalent to a percentage of base salary made to a defined contribution plan or paid as a 

cash allowance.

Maximum 
opportunity

 X Up to 20% of base salary. No element other than base salary is pensionable.

Performance metrics

 X None.
 X No recovery provisions apply to retirement benefits.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

55

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   55

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:34

Remuneration Report CONTINUED

Benefits

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

 X To provide a competitive benefits package.
 X To attract and retain the high-calibre talent necessary to develop and deliver the business strategy.

Operation

 X A range of benefits are provided, which may include car or car allowance; private health insurance for the 
individual and their family; permanent health cover; life assurance; mobile phone; use of a car and driver 
in connection with the role; colleague discount.

 X Additional benefits, such as relocation expenses, housing allowance and school fees may also be provided 

in certain circumstances if considered reasonable and appropriate by the Committee.

 X For non-UK Executives (none at present) the Committee may consider additional allowances in accordance 

with standard practice.

Maximum 
opportunity

 X Current benefits provided are described in the Annual Report on Implementation on page 67.
 X The Committee reserves the right to provide such benefits as it considers necessary to support the 

strategy of the Company.

 X The Committee does not consider it to be appropriate to set a maximum cost to the Company of benefits 

to be paid.

Performance metrics

 X None.
 X No recovery provisions apply to benefits.

Annual bonus – awards to be made to Executive Directors other than Will Adderley, who has waived his entitlement.

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

 X Rewards and incentivises delivery of annual financial, strategic and personal targets.

Operation

 X Paid in cash, after the results for the financial year have been audited, subject to performance targets 

having been met.

 X Two-thirds of bonus earned must be invested in Dunelm shares after tax and national insurance obligations 

have been met.

Maximum 
opportunity

 X Maximum opportunity – 125% of base salary per annum.
 X For on target performance – 40% of maximum opportunity.
 X For threshold performance – 5% of maximum opportunity.

Performance metrics

 X Stretching performance targets are set each year. Performance targets for the Executive Directors are 
typically based on financial and strategic objectives set by the Remuneration Committee annually.

 X Financial objectives include, but are not limited to, budgeted PBT for the financial year taking into account 

market consensus and individual broker expectations.

 X The strategic objectives will vary depending on the specific business priorities in a particular year.
 X Typically, the majority of the annual bonus for Executives is subject to financial objectives.
 X Awards are subject to recovery provisions (malus) at the discretion of the Committee if there has been a 
misstatement of results for the year in respect of which the bonus is paid, or if there has been an error in 
calculating performance, or in the case of gross misconduct.

 X The Remuneration Committee also has the discretion to claw back the bonus up to three years after 

payment in the above circumstances and in cases of fraud, the Committee can apply malus and clawback 
for an unlimited period of time.

56

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   56

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:34

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Annual bonus – award made to David Stead in 2015 only – retired on 31 December 2015.
Please note – this award was made under the terms of the 2014 approved policy.

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

 X Rewards and incentivises delivery of annual financial, strategic and personal targets.

Operation

 X Paid in cash, after the results for the financial year have been audited, subject to performance targets 

having been met.

Maximum 
opportunity

 X Maximum opportunity – 100% of base salary per annum.
 X For on target performance – 40% of maximum opportunity.
 X For threshold performance – 5% of maximum opportunity.

Performance metrics

 X As for John Browett and Keith Down above.

Long Term Incentive Plan – awards to be made to Executive Directors other than Will Adderley, who has waived  
his entitlement.

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

 X Supports delivery of strategy by targeting EPS growth, which the Committee believes to be closely 

aligned to the drivers of growth in the business over the long term.

 X Rewards strong financial performance and sustained increase in shareholder value over the long term.
 X Aligns with shareholder interests through the delivery of shares, the majority of which are retained.

Operation

 X Conditional awards are made annually (which can take the form of a conditional award, nil-cost option or 

nominal value option), with vesting subject to performance over three financial years.

 X Two-thirds of all shares vesting must be retained by the Executive (after sale of shares to meet tax and 

national insurance obligations).

Maximum 
opportunity

 X Maximum annual award is 110,000 shares for the Chief Executive Officer and 60,000 shares for the Chief 
Financial Officer, subject in either case to such adjustment as the Committee determines to take account 
of any variation in the Company’s share capital.

 X The Committee will review the fixed number of shares set out above every three years.
 X For threshold performance: 10% of the award will vest.
 X For maximum performance: 100% of the award will vest.
 X Straight-line vesting between the threshold and maximum levels will apply for performance between 

threshold and maximum points.

Performance metrics

 X Growth in fully diluted EPS over the three year performance period compared with growth in the index of 

retail prices (RPI) over the same period.

 X The Remuneration Committee considers the target annually taking into account market consensus and 

individual broker expectations.

 X For information, the target applicable to awards to be made are:

 z No part of the award will vest until EPS growth exceeds RPI growth by 3%.
 z 10% of the award vests at RPI growth plus 3%. 100% of the award vests at RPI plus 15%.
 z Between those figures the award will vest on a straight-line basis.

 X Awards are subject to recovery provisions (malus) at the discretion of the Committee if there has been 

a misstatement of results for the performance period to which the award relates, or if there has been an 
error in calculating performance or in the case of gross misconduct.

 X The Remuneration Committee also has the discretion to claw back vested awards for up to three years 

from vesting in these circumstances and in cases of fraud, the Committee can apply malus and clawback 
for an unlimited period of time.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

57

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   57

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:34

Remuneration Report CONTINUED

Long Term Incentive Plan – award made to David Stead in 2015 only.
Please note – this award was made under the terms of the 2014 approved policy.

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

 X Supports delivery of strategy by targeting EPS growth, which the Committee believes to be closely 

aligned to the drivers of growth in the business over the long term.

 X Rewards strong financial performance and sustained increase in shareholder value over the long term.
 X Aligns with shareholder interests through the delivery of shares.

Operation

 X Conditional awards (which can take the form of a conditional award, nil-cost option or nominal value 

option), with vesting subject to performance over three financial years.

 X Shares earned after applying the performance criteria are subject to an additional two year holding 

period. During this two year period dividend entitlement (including, at the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee, any special dividend) will also accrue and be paid at the end of that period.

Maximum 
opportunity

 X Maximum face value of shares at award date: 150% of base salary.
 X For threshold performance: 25% of the award will vest.
 X For maximum performance: 100% of the award will vest.
 X Straight-line vesting between the threshold performance and maximum levels will apply for performance 

between threshold and maximum points.

Performance metrics

 X Growth in fully diluted EPS over the three year performance period compared with growth in the index of 

retail prices (RPI) over the same period.

 X The Remuneration Committee considers the target annually taking into account market consensus and 

individual broker expectations.

 X For information, the target applicable to awards made to David Stead are:

 z  No part of the award will vest until EPS growth exceeds RPI growth by 3%.
 z  25% of the award vests at RPI growth plus 3%. 100% of the award vests at RPI plus 15%.
 z  Between those figures the award will vest on a straight-line basis.

 X Awards are subject to recovery provisions (malus) at the discretion of the Committee if there has been a 

misstatement of results for the performance period to which the award relates or if there has been an error 
in calculating performance or in the case of gross misconduct.

 X The Remuneration Committee also has the discretion to claw back vested awards for up to three years 

from vesting in these circumstances and in cases of fraud the Committee can apply malus and clawback 
for an unlimited period of time.

Lifetime lock-in and personal shareholding targets

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

Operation

 X Aligns with shareholder interests through shareholding and promotes long term thinking.

 X Executive Directors are required to build a beneficial holding of shares equal to 100% of salary after three 

years and 200% of salary after five years from appointment.

 X From the date of approval of this Policy the following additional requirements apply:
 X A personal investment in Dunelm shares should be made on appointment as an Executive Director 

(subject to close periods).

 X Other than for the award made to David Stead referred to on page 67, two-thirds of amounts earned 
under the annual bonus and the LTIP (after payment of tax and national insurance) must be retained in 
Dunelm shares.

 X These shares must be held during employment and at least 50% of them retained for at least two years 

after employment ends.

 X The Remuneration Committee retains the right to waive this requirement in exceptional circumstances, 

such as death, divorce, ill health or severe financial hardship.

Maximum 
opportunity

Not applicable.

Performance metrics Not applicable.

58

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   58

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:35

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

All employee share plan (Sharesave)

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

 X Promotes share ownership by all eligible colleagues (including Executive Directors).

Operation

 X All UK employees with a minimum service requirement are eligible to join the UK tax approved Dunelm 

Group Savings Related Share Option Plan (the Sharesave).

 X Monthly savings are made over a period of three years linked to the grant of an option over Dunelm 

shares at a discount of up to 20% of the market price (or such other amount as permitted by law) at the 
date of invitation to join the scheme.

 X Invitations are normally issued annually at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, which also has 

discretion to set the minimum service requirement, maximum discount, maximum monthly savings and any 
other limits (such as scaling back) within the terms of the scheme rules.

 X Maximum participation limits are set by the UK tax authorities. Currently the maximum limit is savings of 

£500 per month.

Maximum 
opportunity

Performance metrics None.

Keith Down joining award

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

 X Keith Down was granted an award of restricted stock to compensate him for deferred shares earned with 
his previous employer which were forfeited when he resigned. This represents a small proportion of his 
benefits left behind.

Operation

 X Nil cost option vesting as to 22% in 2016 and 78% in 2017 (reflecting the proportion and vesting dates of 

the deferred shares that have been forfeited).

Maximum 
opportunity

 X Award over 33,958 shares with a face value at grant of £335,000 (based on the market value of Dunelm 

shares at the date of grant).

Performance metrics

 X No performance conditions apply in relation to this award as the deferred shares in respect of which he is 

being compensated are not subject to a performance condition. 

 X Awards are subject to recovery provisions (malus) at the discretion of the Committee if there has been a 
misstatement of results for a financial period from 2015-16 onwards or in the case of gross misconduct.
 X The Remuneration Committee also has the discretion to claw back vested awards for up to three years 

from vesting in these circumstances and in cases of fraud the Committee can apply malus and clawback 
for an unlimited period of time.

Non-Executive Directors
Fees

Purpose and link to 
strategic objectives

 X To attract and retain a high calibre Chairman and Non-Executive Directors by offering competitive fee levels.

Operation

 X Fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are set by the Board. No Director participates in any 

decision relating to his or her own remuneration.

 X The Chairman is paid an all-inclusive fee for all Board responsibilities.
 X The Non-Executive Directors receive a basic fee, with supplemental fees for additional Board 

responsibilities.

 X The level of fee reflects the size and complexity of the role and the time commitment.
 X Fees are reviewed annually and increased in line with the Company-wide increase. In addition there will be 
a periodic review against market rates and taking into account time commitment and any change in size, 
scale or complexity of the business.

 X Flexibility is retained to increase fee levels in certain circumstances, for example, if required to recruit a 

new Chairman or Non-Executive Director of the appropriate calibre.

 X With the exception of colleague discount, no benefits are paid to the Chairman or the Non-Executive 

Directors, and they do not participate in any incentive scheme.

Maximum 
opportunity

 X Maximum fees to be paid by way of fees to the Non-Executive Directors are set out in the Company’s 

Articles of Association.

 X Fees paid to each Director are disclosed in the Annual Report on Implementation.

Performance metrics None.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

59

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   59

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:35

Remuneration Report CONTINUED

The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments and payments for loss of office notwithstanding that they 
are not in line with the policy, where the terms of the payment were agreed (i) before the policy came into effect or (ii) at a time 
when the relevant individual was not a Director of the Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in 
consideration for the individual becoming a Director of the Company. For these purposes ‘payments’ includes the Committee 
satisfying awards of variable remuneration, and in relation to an award over shares, the terms of payment are ‘agreed’ at the time 
the award is granted.

The Committee may also make minor changes to this policy which do not have a material advantage to Directors, to aid its 
operation or implementation without seeking shareholder approval, but taking into account the interests of shareholders.

Performance measures and how targets are set
The Remuneration Committee selects performance measures that it believes are:

 z Aligned with the Group’s strategic goals.

 z Unambiguous and easy to calculate.

 z Transparent to Directors and shareholders.

Annual bonus
For 2015-16 and 2016-17, 80% of the annual bonus is linked to PBT and 20% to personal and strategic objectives. Each Director’s 
annual bonus is therefore linked primarily to delivery of Group financial performance, but also to personal performance and 
contribution to the strategic progress of the Group. The PBT target is set by the Remuneration Committee each year, taking into 
account market consensus and broker expectations. Personal and strategic objectives are set at the commencement of the year 
and assessed by the Remuneration Committee.

The Committee reserves the right to adjust the financial performance target or change the performance condition if justified by 
the circumstances, for example if there was a major capital transaction.

For future years, the Committee will determine the financial measures and the weighting of financial and non-financial measures 
based on specific business priorities in a particular year.

LTIP
The Remuneration Committee considered the use of EPS as a performance measure carefully when the Company was floated 
in 2006, and has discussed it with shareholders regularly. EPS is believed to be closely aligned to the drivers of growth for 
the business and in the long term, EPS performance is expected to be reflected in shareholder value. EPS is a more suitable 
performance measure for Dunelm than for many other companies and it is therefore considered appropriate to use it as a single 
measure for the LTIP. The use of EPS as a primary measure for Dunelm’s LTIP is considered appropriate because of the low level 
of leverage in the business and because the capital expenditure controls exercised by the Board are sufficiently rigorous to avoid 
EPS accretion by means of ineffective investment of capital.

The EPS target for the LTIP is based on growth in EPS compared to the increase in the Index of Retail Prices (RPI) over the 
performance period. The targets that apply to awards that are outstanding are set out in the Policy table on pages 55 to 59.

The number of shares comprised in an award or the performance target which applies may be adjusted by the Remuneration 
Committee in accordance with the plan rules if justified by the circumstances, for example, if there were a major capital 
transaction. Any amendment and the reason for it would be fully disclosed. A copy of the plan rules is available from the 
Company Secretary on request.

LTIP awards made to Executive Directors prior to approval of 2015 policy may vest on their original terms.

60

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   60

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:35

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Illustrative performance scenarios
The following graphs set out what each of the Executive Directors could earn in the financial year 2016-17 under the following 
scenarios:

2,500

John Browett

Keith Down

Will Adderley

)

0
0
0
£

’

(

n
o
i
t
a
r
e
n
u
m
e
r

l

a
t
o
T

2,000

1,500

1,000

500

0

£2,228k

43%

29%

£1,453k

38%

18%

£633k

£1,399k

37%

32%

£919k

34%

19%

£432k

100%

44%

28%

100%

47%

31%

£21k

£21k

£21k

Minimum

On target Maximum

Minimum

On target Maximum

Minimum

On target Maximum

Fixed pay

Annual bonus

LTIP

The following assumptions have been made in respect of the scenarios above:

Minimum (performance below threshold) – Fixed pay (comprising base salary, benefits and pension) only with no vesting under 
the cash bonus or LTIP (see table below).  

John Browett

Will Adderley

Keith Down

1.  20% of salary reflecting pension provision for 2016–17.

2.  15% of salary reflecting pension provision for 2016–17.

Base
(last known 
salary) 
£’000

Benefits
(as in single 
figure table) 
£’000

Pension 
(20%/15% of 
last known 
salary) 
£’000

510 

– 

357 

21 

21 

21 

1021 

– 

542 

In line with expectations –  Fixed pay plus annual cash bonus at on target performance of 40% of maximum opportunity (i.e. 
50% of salary) and vesting of 59% of the award of shares under the LTIP.

Maximum performance – Fixed pay plus 100% of maximum annual bonus opportunity (i.e. 125% of salary) and 100% of shares 
vesting under the LTIP.

Please note that two-thirds of performance pay earned by John Browett and Keith Down (after payment of their tax and national 
insurance liability) must be invested in Dunelm shares pursuant to the ‘Lifetime Lock-in’.

Will Adderley has requested that his annual salary be reduced to £1 per annum, and he has waived his entitlement to receive an 
LTIP award.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

61

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   61

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:35

 
 
 
Remuneration Report CONTINUED

It should be noted that the illustrative performance number 
is likely to be different to the actual pay that is earned by the 
Executive Directors during the year:

 z Actual pay will reflect Company and personal performance 

over the relevant performance period.

 z We are required to show the value of the LTIP awards that 
are expected to be made in the year, not those which will 
actually vest. This valuation is based on the expected face 
value of the date of grant without making any assumptions 
for share price growth, and assuming that the award vests in 
full at the end of the three year performance period.

 z The value of the LTIP awards to be made is based on the 

average price of a Dunelm share over the three months to  
2 July 2016, which is 869.95p – the actual share price at 
date of award is likely to differ.

 z We are not required to show Keith Down’s joining award 
which was granted on 7 December 2015, and included 
in the illustrative performance graph in last year’s annual 
report. 7,470 shares will vest on 15 September 2016 
pursuant to this award.

Recovery
There is provision for recovery of variable pay, as highlighted in 
the policy table.

At the discretion of the Remuneration Committee, recovery 
(malus) may be made against any unpaid cash bonus or 
unvested LTIP options in the following circumstances:

 z performance to which a bonus or LTIP award relates proves 

to have been misstated; or

 z there has been a miscalculation in the extent to which 
performance conditions have been met in respect of 
previous awards made to the individual that have vested 
and been exercised; or

 z there has been gross misconduct on the part of the 

individual.

Clawback may be operated at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee against all variable awards in the 
above circumstances, for up to three years from payment or 
vesting as appropriate; and in cases of fraud the Committee 
can apply malus and clawback for an unlimited period of time.

In addition, Keith Down’s joining award is subject to malus 
and clawback if there has been a misstatement of results for a 
financial period from 2015-16 onwards or in the case of gross 
misconduct or fraud.

Salary, pension and benefits and Sharesave options are not 
subject to recovery.

Service contracts and loss of office 
payments
All of the Executive Directors have service contracts. The 
notice period for termination for Will Adderley is 12 months 
from either party, and for John Browett and Keith Down is 
six months from either party. If the Company terminates the 
employment of the Executive Director it would honour its 
contractual commitment. Any payment of salary on termination 

is contractually restricted to a maximum of the value of salary 
plus benefits for the notice period. If termination was with 
immediate effect, a payment in lieu of notice may be made. 
The Remuneration Committee may apply mitigation in respect 
of any termination payment.

The Remuneration Committee has discretion to make a 
payment in respect of annual bonus, provided that it is 
prorated to service.

The limited circumstances in which unexercised LTIP 
awards might be exercised following termination of an 
Executive Director’s service contract are set out below. If 
the Remuneration Committee exercises its discretion to 
allow exercise of an unvested LTIP award, it may make a 
cash payment in lieu of the anticipated value of the award, 
calculated at the date of the payment (taking into account 
prorating of the award and the extent to which performance 
criteria may apply, as appropriate).

Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment. The 
term is for an initial period of three years with a provision for 
termination of one month’s notice from either party, or three 
months’ notice from either party in the case of Andy Harrison, 
the Chairman. Letters are renewed for up to two additional 
three year terms, and then renewed annually. The letter of 
appointment will terminate without compensation if the 
Director is not reappointed at the AGM.

The Directors’ service contracts and letters of appointment 
are available for inspection by shareholders at the Company’s 
registered office.

Exercise of LTIP and Sharesave options 
following termination of employment
LTIP
If a participant leaves the employment of the Group, the 
following provisions apply to options granted under the LTIP:

 z Options that have vested but have not yet been exercised 

may be exercised within six months of cessation of 
employment (12 months in the case of death).

 z Except in the case of dismissal for gross misconduct, options 

which have not yet vested, but where the performance 
period has elapsed (for example if cessation of employment 
occurs during the deferral period applicable to LTIP options 
granted to David Stead (former Finance Director) from 
2013 onwards), may be exercised within six months of the 
relevant vesting date (or 12 months in the case of death), 
to the extent that the performance condition has been 
met. The Remuneration Committee has discretion to allow 
earlier exercise but would only use this in exceptional 
circumstances (such as death or ill health retirement), or at 
its discretion for a good leaver.

62

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   62

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:35

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

 z If the participant leaves the Group before an option has 
vested and before the performance period has elapsed, 
the option will usually lapse. Except in the case of dismissal 
for gross misconduct, the Remuneration Committee has 
a discretion to allow the exercise of options for which 
the performance period has not elapsed at the date of 
cessation of employment, within six months of the relevant 
vesting date (or 12 months in the case of death). The 
Remuneration Committee also has discretion to allow earlier 
exercise. The Remuneration Committee would only use this 
discretion in exceptional circumstances (such as death or ill 
health retirement), or at its discretion for a good leaver.

 z If early exercise is permitted, the Remuneration Committee 
may apply an adjustment to take into account the amount 
of time that has elapsed through the performance period 
and the extent to which any performance criteria have been 
met.

In all cases, unexercised LTIP awards would be subject to 
recovery (malus) in the relevant circumstances. In respect of 
LTIP awards made after 1 July 2014, clawback may also apply 
to vested awards.

Sharesave
If a participant leaves the Group, options granted under the 
Sharesave will normally lapse, but may be exercised within six 
months from the cessation of employment due to death, injury, 
disability, retirement, or redundancy (or 12 months in the case 
of death), or the employing company leaving the Group or, 
provided that the option has been held for at least three years, 
cessation for any other reason (apart from dismissal by the 
Company).

Joining award
If Keith Down leaves the employment of the Group prior to 
vesting of the joining award it will lapse if he leaves due to 
resignation, or he is dismissed for misconduct. If he leaves for 
any other reason it will vest on the normal vesting date and 
be exercisable for six months (if it has not already vested), 
although the Committee retains discretion to permit the award 
to vest earlier. If Keith leaves other than due to resignation 
or dismissal for misconduct after the award vested, it will be 
exercisable for six months after cessation.  

Change of control and other corporate 
events
LTIP
The following provisions apply to awards made under the Long 
Term Incentive Plan in accordance with the Plan rules if there is 
a change of control or winding up of the Company:

 z Any vested but unexercised options may be exercised.

 z Any options in respect of which the performance period has 
elapsed and to which the performance condition has been 
applied will vest and may be exercised.

 z Any options in respect of which the performance period 

has not elapsed may be exercised at the discretion of the 
Remuneration Committee, subject to any adjustment to 
take into account the amount of time that has elapsed 
through the performance period and the extent to which 
any performance criteria have been met.

 z The Executive Director may agree that his awards are ‘rolled 
over’ into shares of the acquiring company as an alternative.

If the Company has been or will be affected by any demerger, 
dividend in specie, special dividend or other transaction 
which will adversely affect the current or future value of any 
awards under the LTIP, the Plan rules allow the Remuneration 
Committee, acting fairly and reasonably, to determine the 
extent to which any awards should vest and the period within 
which Options may be exercised.

A copy of the Plan rules is available from the Company 
Secretary on request.

Sharesave
Sharesave options may be exercised within six months 
following a change of control or winding up of the Company, 
using savings in the participant’s account at the date of 
exercise. The participant may agree that his or her awards 
are ‘rolled over’ into shares of the acquiring company as an 
alternative.

If the Company has been or will be affected by a capitalisation, 
rights issue, subdivision, reduction, consolidation, special 
dividend or other variation in respect of which HMRC will allow 
the variation of options, the Plan rules allow the Remuneration 
Committee, with the consent of HMRC, to vary the number 
and/or nominal value of shares covered by an option or the 
option price to be varied proportionately.

A copy of the Plan rules is available from the Company 
Secretary on request.

Joining award
If there is a change of control or winding up of the Company, 
shares subject to the award will vest and may be exercised in 
full.

The Executive may agree that his awards are ‘rolled over’ into 
shares of the acquiring company as an alternative.

Executive pay and the pay of other 
colleagues
Pay for all colleagues throughout the Group is set at a level that 
is fair for the role and responsibilities of the individual, and is 
designed to attract and retain high calibre talent that is needed 
to deliver the Group’s strategy, without paying too much.

The remuneration of Executive Directors is more heavily 
weighted towards variable pay than other colleagues, so that 
a greater part of their pay is linked to successful delivery of 
strategy and aligned with shareholders. They are also required 
to retain two-thirds of post-tax performance pay in Dunelm 
shares to be held for the duration of employment and beyond, 
and are subject to higher personal shareholding targets.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

63

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   63

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:35

Remuneration Report CONTINUED

The remuneration of colleagues below the Board reflects the 
seniority of the role, market practice and the ability of the 
individual to influence Company performance.

All eligible colleagues are encouraged to participate in 
the Sharesave scheme, which enables them to become 
shareholders at a discounted rate. Participation is usually 
offered annually at the maximum price discount permitted 
(currently 20%), at the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee.

In setting the policy for the Executive Directors’ remuneration, 
the Committee takes note of the overall approach to 
remuneration in the Group.

The base salary of Executive Directors may be increased 
annually in line with the Company-wide award unless other 
circumstances apply, as set out in the policy table.

The Committee does not formally consult with colleagues 
in relation to executive pay. However colleagues have the 
opportunity to raise any concerns via the People Director, 
or anonymously through engagement surveys. Recent 
engagement surveys have not identified executive pay to be a 
concern to colleagues.

Shareholder views
The Board is committed to on-going engagement with 
shareholders in respect of all governance matters, including 
executive remuneration.

In addition to this, the Company holds a Corporate 
Governance Day, usually every two years, hosted by the 
Chairman, the Deputy Chairman and the other Non-Executive 
Directors, to which all major shareholders are invited. This 
enables both parties to informally discuss governance topics, 
including remuneration. In addition, the Chairman and Non-
Executive Directors usually attend results presentations and a 
selection of shareholder meetings.

Approach to recruitment remuneration
The Remuneration Committee will apply the following 
principles when agreeing a remuneration package for a 
new Director (whether an external candidate or an internal 
promotion):

 z The package must be sufficient to attract and retain the 
high calibre talent necessary to develop and deliver the 
Company’s strategy.

 z No more should be paid than is necessary.

 z Remuneration should be in line with the policy approved 
by shareholders set out above; however, the Committee 
reserves the discretion to make appropriate remuneration 
decisions outside the standard policy to meet the individual 
needs of the recruitment provided the Committee believes 
the relevant decisions are in the best interests of the 
Company.

These circumstances might include:

 — Where an interim appointment is made on a short term 
basis, including where the Chairman or another Non-
Executive Director has to assume an executive position.

 — Employment commences at a time in the year when it 
is inappropriate to provide a bonus or share incentive 
award as there is insufficient time to assess performance 
the quantum for the subsequent year might be increased 
proportionately instead.

 — An executive is recruited from a business or location 
that offered benefits that the Committee considers 
it appropriate to ‘buy out’ but cannot do so under 
the specific terms of the Regulations, or which the 
Committee considers it appropriate to offer.

Examples of remuneration decisions that the Committee may 
decide are set out below:

Formal feedback on shareholder views is given to the Board 
twice per annum by the Company’s brokers and financial public 
relations advisers. The AGM reports issued by the Investment 
Association (IA), the Pension and Lifetime Savings Association, 
ISS and Pensions Investment Research Council (PIRC) are also 
considered by the Board.

 z It may be appropriate to offer a lower salary initially, with a 
series of increases to reach the desired salary over a period 
of time, subject to performance.

 z A longer notice period of up to a maximum of 24 months 
might be offered, reducing by one month for every month 
served until the policy position is reached.

All Directors usually attend the Annual General Meeting, and 
the Chairman and the Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
may be contacted via the Company Secretary during the year.

If any significant change to policy were proposed, the 
Committee would consult with major shareholders in advance.

 z The Committee may also alter the performance criteria 
applicable to the initial annual bonus or LTIP award so 
that they are more applicable to the circumstances of the 
recruitment.

 z An internal candidate would be able to retain any 

outstanding variable pay awarded in respect of their 
previous role that pays out in accordance with its terms of 
grant.

 z Appropriate costs and support will be provided if the 
recruitment requires the relocation of the individual.

64

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   64

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:35

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

The maximum level of variable pay that could be awarded 
to a new Executive Director in the first year of employment, 
excluding any buyout arrangements and awards in the first 
year of employment, would normally be in line with the policy 
table set out on pages 53 to 59. The Committee would explain 
the rationale for the remuneration package in the next annual 
report of the Company.

In addition, on hiring an external candidate the Committee 
may make arrangements to buy out remuneration that the 
individual has forfeited on leaving a previous employer. The 
Committee will generally seek to structure buyout awards 
and payments on a comparable basis to remuneration 
arrangements forfeited. These awards or payments are 
excluded from the maximum level of variable pay referred 
to in the policy tables; however, the Committee’s intention is 
that the value awarded or paid would be no higher than the 
expected value of the forfeited arrangements. The Committee 
does not intend to use any discretion in this section to make 
a non-performance related incentive payment (for example a 
‘golden hello’).

In order to implement the arrangements described, the 
Committee may rely on the exemption in Listing Rule 9.4.2, 
which allows for the grant of share or share option awards 
to facilitate, in unusual circumstances, the recruitment of a 
Director.

On the appointment of a new Chairman or Non-Executive 
Director, the fees will be set taking into account the experience 
and calibre of the individual and pay for similar roles in 
companies of similar size and complexity in the market. No 
share incentives or performance related incentives would be 
offered.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

65

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   65

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:35

Remuneration Report CONTINUED

ANNUAL REPORT ON IMPLEMENTATION
Directors’ Remuneration – Report on Implementation 2016
This section of the report sets out how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy which was approved by shareholders on 24 November 
2015 has been applied in the financial year being reported on.

Committee membership and meetings
The following Directors served on the Remuneration 
Committee during the year:

Table 1 – Committee membership

Member

Simon Emeny 
(Chair)2

Period from:

25 June 2007

To:

To date

Geoff Cooper1

18 January 2005

7 July 2015

Marion Sears2

18 January 2005

11 September 2015

Liz Doherty

1 May 2013

Andy Harrison

1 September 2014

William Reeve

1 July 2015

Peter Ruis3

10 September 2015

To date

To date

To date

To date

1.  Geoff Cooper resigned from the Committee on 7 July 2015, upon his 

retirement from the Board.

2.  Simon Emeny succeeded Marion Sears as Committee Chair on  

11 September 2015.

3.  Peter Ruis was appointed to the Board and the Committee on  

10 September 2015.

The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee.

Six meetings were held in the year and members’ attendance 
was as shown in the table below.

Table 2 – Attendance at Committee meetings

Member

Simon Emeny (Chair)

Liz Doherty

Andy Harrison

William Reeve

Peter Ruis1

Geoff Cooper1

Marion Sears1

Meetings attended:

6

6

6

6

4

1

2

1.  Geoff Cooper, Marion Sears and Peter Ruis attended all meetings held 

during their tenure on the Committee.

No Director ever participates when his or her own 
remuneration is discussed.

Advisers
The Committee uses Deloitte for general advice in relation 
to executive remuneration on an ad hoc basis. Deloitte is a 
member of the Remuneration Consultants’ Group and as such 
voluntarily operates under a code of conduct in relation to 
executive remuneration consulting in the UK. Deloitte does 
not have any other ongoing business relationship with the 
Group. The Committee is satisfied that the advice that they 
have received from Deloitte in the year has been objective and 
independent.

Total fees paid to Deloitte for remuneration related work in the 
year were £6,400.

66

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   66

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:36

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Single figure for total remuneration (audited information)
The following table sets out total remuneration for Directors for the period ended 2 July 2016:

Table 3 – Directors’ remuneration – single figure table

Salary/fees8,9
£’000

Benefits4
£’000

Bonus5
£’000

LTIP awards6
£’000

Pension7
£’000

Total
£’000

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

2016

2015

500

199

–

140

– 

198

– 

53

59

54

48

39

– 

7

– 

502

275

596

34

122

49

45

45

– 

– 

24

21

31

21

10

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

17

12

18

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

361

144

–

81

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

25

14

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

–

–

– 

– 

–

157

353

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

100

30

–

14

–

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1

– 

45

27

8

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

982

404

21

402

– 

– 

198

– 

53

59

54

48

39

– 

8

– 

589

681

622

– 

34

122

49

45

45

– 

– 

24

1,290

1,699

83

47

586

39

157

353

144

81

2,260

2,219

Director

Executive

John Browett

Keith Down1,2 

Will Adderley

David Stead3

Nick Wharton

Non-Executive

Andy Harrison 

Geoff Cooper

Marion Sears

Simon Emeny

Liz Doherty

William Reeve

Peter Ruis

Matt Davies

Total

1.  Keith Down joined the Board on 7 December 2015. His basic salary, benefits, pension and bonus are pro-rated from that date.

2.  As disclosed in last year’s report, the Committee agreed to pay Keith Down relocation expenses of up to £35,000. The actual amount paid of £19,365 is 

included in the ‘benefits’ column above. 

3.  David Stead retired from the Board on 31 December 2015. His basic salary, benefits and pension are pro-rated to that date. He has received a time pro-

rated percentage of his FY16 annual bonus entitlement, after applying the financial performance criteria over the full performance period and the personal 
performance criteria to the date of his cessation of employment.

4.  Benefits include the cost to the Company of a car allowance and private health insurance for the individual and their family (health insurance waived by 

David Stead). The 2014-15 value also includes the taxable benefit in respect of the car and chauffeur provided to Will Adderley in connection with his role 
prior to 10 September 2015. 

5.  Annual bonus is the amount earned in respect of the financial year 2015-16. Details of how this was calculated are set out below.

6.  The LTIP award number for 2016 is the value of the LTIP award vesting whose three year performance period ends on the last day of the financial period 
being reported (2015-16). Details of how this value was calculated are set out in the note to table 5. The first LTIP grant to John Browett and Keith Down 
was made in December 2015. Therefore there are no LTIP awards vesting to them for 2016.

  The comparable figure for 2014-15 is the actual value of the 2012 LTIP award which vested in favour of David Stead on 20 November 2015 based on the 
mid-market price on 20 November 2015, of 965.5p. The comparable figure in the 2014-15 annual report was based on the number of shares in the 2012 
LTIP award due to vest in favour of David Stead on 20 November 2015 calculated using the average share price over the three months preceding the end 
of the performance period on 4 July 2015, which was 915.7p.

7.  Pension is 20% of base salary for John Browett, 15% of base salary for Keith Down and 10% for David Stead. Will Adderley waived his entitlement to 

pension from 1 July 2015.

8.  From 1 July 2015 the following changes to base salary/fee were implemented: Will Adderley’s salary was reduced to £1 per annum; David Stead’s salary 
increased by 2% in line with the Company-wide award; the base fee for Non-Executive Directors was increased to £48,000 and the Committee Chair and 
SID fee increased to £6,000 per annum. Andy Harrison’s fee was increased to £200,000 per annum with effect from 8 July 2015 when he assumed his 
position as Chairman.

9.  From 1 July 2016, John Browett and Keith Down’s base salary was increased by 2%, in line with the Company-wide award. Will Adderley’s base salary is held 

at £1 per annum. The fees for the Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors were also increased by 2%.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

67

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   67

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:36

Remuneration Report CONTINUED

Annual bonus
Executive Directors were awarded an annual performance-related cash bonus for 2015-16 with a maximum potential payment of 
125% of salary for John Browett and Keith Down, and 100% of salary for David Stead (the bonus for both David Stead and Keith 
Down being pro-rated by time in line with service over the financial year). For all three Directors, the performance condition was 
linked to PBT versus budget (80%), and performance against personal and strategic objectives (20%). The Committee has the 
ability to apply judgement to increase or decrease the amount payable by application of the formula, although no more than the 
maximum potential opportunity would be paid.  

Financial target – 80% of bonus opportunity
For the period ended 2 July 2016, budget PBT was £128.2m. The financial target set was that no bonus would be paid until PBT 
reaches £120.5m and maximum bonus will be paid at £134.6m. Between those numbers, bonus would be payable calculated on 
a straight-line basis. Market consensus for 2015-16 PBT at the date the target was set in early September 2015 was £130.6m.

Reported PBT of £128.9m for 2015-16 has therefore given rise to a bonus payable of 47.12% of the maximum for this element of 
the bonus, meaning £235,600 to John Browett, £93,813 to Keith Down (pro-rated from 7 December 2015) and £52,809 for David 
Stead (pro-rated to 31 December 2015).

Strategic and personal objectives – 20% of bonus opportunity
Both John Browett and Keith Down were new in role during the financial year, and the strategic initiatives which underpin delivery 
of the Group’s strategy were in the course of being formalised by the Executives during the second part of the year. Their strategic 
and personal bonus targets were linked to progress against these initiatives, albeit that in view of their stage of development hard 
KPIs could not be set for all of them. The Committee therefore recognised that as a result they would need to form a holistic view 
of performance. The FY17 bonus objectives are also linked to delivery of specific strategic objectives and have firm KPIs.

Assessment of performance against strategic and personal objectives was made as follows:

Director

Target

Performance and bonus earned

John Browett

Keith Down

 X Satisfactory performance against the 
eight strategic initiatives during the 
financial year, measured by reference 
to milestones set out in the project 
plan for each initiative.

 X Personal objectives linked to 

establishment of a strengthened and 
highly engaged senior management 
team, and development of a strong 
relationship with the Board.

 X Ensure that the strategic initiatives 
have clear plans with a supporting 
business case, and that all of the 
plans are aligned.

 X Departmental objectives to 

strengthen the finance function.

David Stead

 X Completing the FY15 year end process 

in a satisfactory manner.

 X Facilitating a smooth handover to Keith 

Down.

The Committee assessed that these strategic and personal 
objectives had been met in full during the year, resulting in 
delivery of 20% of total bonus opportunity.

FY16 initiative milestones were substantially met. Information 
on progress against the eight strategic initiatives is set out in 
the CEO’s Review on pages 10 to 11.

A new Executive Board is in place and the Board is working well 
(as confirmed by the external Board evaluation).

The Committee assessed that these strategic and personal 
objectives had been met in full during the year, resulting in 
delivery of 20% of total bonus opportunity. 

All of the strategic initiatives have a formal project plan which 
contains a summary of deliverables, milestones and financial 
targets. These have been integrated into the FY17 budget and 
aligned to the IT Roadmap.

Departmental objectives have been drafted and planned 
actions completed.

The Committee assessed that these strategic and personal 
objectives had been met in full during the year, resulting in 
delivery of 20% of total bonus opportunity. 

Year end process and handover to Keith Down all completed 
smoothly.

As set out above, the Committee determined that all three Executives had met the personal and strategic targets applicable to 
their bonus in full. This has given rise to payments of £125,000 to John Browett, £49,774 to Keith Down (pro-rated from  
7 December 2015) and £28,019 to David Stead (pro-rated to 31 December 2015) in respect of this element of the bonus. 

68

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   68

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:36

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Total bonus earned is set out in the table below:

Table 4 – Annual bonus in respect of 2015-16 performance

John Browett

Keith Down

Will Adderley

David Stead

Bonus  
awarded
£

360,600

143,587

–  

80,828

Percentage 
of maximum 
award
£

57.7%

57.7%

57.7%

57.7%

LTIP – awards earned in respect of performance in 2015–16
The only award which will mature in respect of 2015-16 performance is that granted to the former Chief Financial Officer, David 
Stead in 2013. The Remuneration Committee determined that as a ‘good leaver’, David would be entitled to receive part of 
this award, subject to performance criteria, and pro-rated by time served over the performance period (the three financial years 
ended 2 July 2016). In the case of the award maturing on 7 October 2016, this would equate to a maximum of 40,976 shares. The 
performance criteria applicable to this award was based on growth in fully diluted EPS over the performance period. For further 
information please see the policy report on pages 55 to 65.

Please note that this award is subject to a two year holding period, and therefore will not vest until October 2018.

Over the three year performance period which ended on 2 July 2016, reported fully diluted EPS grew at a compound annual rate 
of 7.9%. This is 6.1% above the compound annual growth in RPI over the same period. Accordingly, 44% of the October 2013 
LTIP award will vest in October 2018 as follows:

Table 5 – LTIP awards in respect of performance in 2012–15

David Stead

Shares 
vesting

18,029*

Percentage
 of maximum 
award

44%

*   The original award was in respect of 46,087 shares, this was increased by 6.79% to 49,216 following the return of capital to shareholders in March 

2015. Please see the note to table 7. The maximum award was pro-rated by service over the performance period (30/36 months) before applying the 
performance criteria.

Will Adderley waived his entitlement to receive an LTIP award in 2013. John Browett and Keith Down joined the business in 2015 
and no awards under the LTIP are due to vest to them until 2018.

The 2013 LTIP award which vests in favour of David Stead as described above is included in the single number for total 
remuneration for 2015/16 set out in table 3. The value has been calculated using the average share price over the three months 
preceding the end of the performance period on 2 July 2016, which was 869.95p.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

69

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   69

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:36

 
Remuneration Report CONTINUED

LTIP awards made to Directors during 2015–16
LTIP awards were made to Executive Directors on 15 October 2015 to David Stead, and on 7 December 2015 to John Browett 
and Keith Down as set out below:

Table 6 – LTIP awards made to Directors during 2015–16

Name

Award

Number of 
shares

Face value at 
date of award
(percentage 
of salary 
where 
relevant)

 110,000

£1,085,1502

John 
Browett

Nil cost 
option 
under 
LTIP

Performance 
period

Vesting date

% vesting 
at threshold 
performance

July 2015 to 
June 2018

7 December 
2018

10%

Performance condition

Growth in fully diluted EPS over 
the three year performance 
period compared with growth 
in the index of retail prices (RPI) 
over the same period.

No part of the award will vest 
until EPS growth exceeds RPI 
growth by 3%.

10% of the award vests at RPI 
growth plus 3%.

100% of the award vests at RPI 
plus 15%. Between those figures 
the award will vest on a straight-
line basis.

Two-thirds of shares vesting 
(after payment of tax and 
national insurance) must be held 
for the duration of employment, 
and 50% of these retained for 
two years following termination.

Keith 
Down

David 
Stead

Nil cost 
option 
under 
LTIP

Nil cost 
option 
under 
LTIP

 60,000

£591,9002

As for John Browett

July 2015 to 
June 2018

7 December 
2018

n/a

July 2015 to 
June 2018

15 October  
2020

25%

 44,5921

£420,278 
(150%)

Growth in fully diluted EPS over 
the three year performance 
period compared with growth 
in the index of retail prices (RPI) 
over the same period.

No part of the award will vest 
until EPS growth exceeds RPI 
growth by 3%.

25% of the award vests at RPI 
growth plus 3%.

100% of the award vests at RPI 
plus 15%. Between those figures 
the award will vest on a straight-
line basis.

Subject to a two year deferral 
period following the end of the 
performance period.

1.  David Stead’s original award will be pro-rated to service over the performance period (6/36 months), and therefore the maximum shares to vest in 2020 

would be 7,350. 

2.  Based on the closing share price on 4 December 2015, of 986.5p per share.

70

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   70

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:36

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Joining award made to Keith Down in 2015
Following approval by shareholders at the AGM on 24 November 2015, and as noted in last year’s annual report, a joining award 
was made to Keith Down on 7 December 2015 over 33,958 shares in the form of a nil cost option, under the terms of the Share 
Award Agreement approved by shareholders on 24 November 2015. The market value of the award was £335,000 based on the 
closing share price on 4 December 2015, of 986.5p per share. 7,470 (22%) of these shares will vest on 15 September 2016, and 
26,488 (78%) of these shares are due to vest on 15 September 2017. Further details are set out in the policy report on page 59.

Payments to past Directors and for loss of office (audited)
Geoff Cooper
Geoff Cooper retired from his position as Chairman and stepped down from the Board on 7 July 2015. Geoff continued to 
receive a fee for his role on the Board up to and including 7 July 2015 at the rate of £122,400 per annum. He did not receive any 
payment in lieu of notice or for loss of office. As a Non-Executive Chairman, Geoff Cooper was not entitled to participate in the 
Company’s bonus, employee share plans or pension arrangements.

David Stead
David Stead retired from the Board on 31 December 2015. David received his salary, benefits and pension allowance as usual until 
his leaving date of 31 December 2015, at the rate set out in the Annual Report for 2014/15.

At 31 December 2015, David had worked for six months of the 12 month performance period applicable to his FY16 annual 
bonus. The Remuneration Committee determined that he would receive 50% of his FY16 annual bonus entitlement in September 
2016, after applying the financial performance criteria over the full performance period and the personal performance criteria to 
the date of cessation of employment. Details of the amount paid are included in tables 3 and 4. 

At 31 December 2015, David had three outstanding awards under the LTIP:

Table 7 – David Stead’s LTIP awards at his retirement date (31 December 2015): 

Award date 

Performance period

Normal vesting date 

No. of shares

No. of shares pro-rated to 
31 December 2015

7 October 2013

9 October 2014

15 October 2015

FY14-16

FY15-17

FY16-18

7 October 2018*

9 October 2019*

15 October 2020*

49,216

53,922

44,592

40,976

27,035

7,350

*  Includes two year holding period following the end of the three year performance period.

The Remuneration Committee determined that as a ‘good leaver’ with 12 years’ service during a time of substantial growth 
in shareholder value, David may exercise the above awards, subject to time pro rating, and after applying the applicable 
performance criteria over the full performance period. The maximum possible vesting, if performance conditions are fully met, is 
set out in the table above (column headed “No of shares pro-rated to 31 December 2015”).

The awards may be exercised within six months of the normal vesting date specified above.

The above arrangements are fully in line with the Remuneration Policy approved at the AGM in November 2015. The LTIP award 
made to David Stead in October 2015 was disclosed in last year’s remuneration report which was approved by shareholders. The 
Remuneration Committee’s decision reflects the service provided by David over the financial years covered by the applicable 
performance periods and has been pro-rated according to that service over those periods.

No further payments have been or are being made to David Stead in respect of loss of office or the termination of his 
employment.

Statement of Directors’ share interests (audited)
Executive Directors are subject to a shareholding target which requires them to build a beneficial holding of Dunelm shares with 
a value of 1× salary after three years and 2 × salary after five years (measured by reference to share price at the financial year 
end). In addition, they are required to make a personal investment in Dunelm shares on appointment (subject to Company close 
periods); and to invest two-thirds of any annual bonus paid and LTIP awards earned (after payment of tax and national insurance 
liability on exercise) in Dunelm shares.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

71

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   71

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:36

Remuneration Report CONTINUED

Will Adderley complies with this requirement at the financial year end. 

John Browett was appointed on 1 July 2015, and purchased 21,606 shares for £200,227 in October 2015 (after the end of the close 
period). Keith Down was appointed on 7 December 2015; he purchased 5,265 shares for £49,500 in October 2015, and a further 
3,246 shares in April 2016 for £29,700.

The following tables show the interests of the Directors in shares of the Company at 2 July 2016 as follows:

Shares held beneficially – table 8.

Interests in options – table 9.

Table 8 – Directors’ beneficial shareholdings (audited)

Will Adderley

Marion Sears

Andy Harrison

Simon Emeny

John Browett 

Keith Down

Liz Doherty

William Reeve

Peter Ruis

At 2 July 2016
1p Ordinary 
Shares

At 4 July 2015 
1p Ordinary 
Shares

54,161,779

61,961,779

101,313

108,133

28,555

23,251

8,511

2,500

2,500

–

101,313

–

26,400

1,645

n/a

2,500

–

n/a

Between the financial year end and the date of this report Directors have purchased shares as follows:

Name

Keith Down

John Browett

Date of purchase No. purchased

5 August 2016

12 August 2016

5,629

4,534

Total beneficial 
holding 
following 
purchase

14,140

27,785

Price

865p

865p

Table 9 – Directors’ interests in options at the period end (audited)

Director

Will Adderley 

John Browett

Keith Down

Date of 
award

–

Nature of 
award

Share 
options at
 2 July 2016

End of 
performance 
period

Option 
price

Market price of 
shares at date 
of award

–

Nil

–

–

Nil

Dec 2015

2016/18 LTIP

110,000

June 2018

Nov 2015

2016/18 Sharesave

2,385

Dec 2018

754.5p

Dec 2015

Dec 2015

Dec 2015

2016/18 LTIP

60,000

June 2018

Joining award

7,470

Sept 2016

Joining award

26,488

Sept 2017

Nil

Nil

Nil

–

986.5p

942.5p

986.5p

 986.5p

986.5p

The LTIP awards above are subject to the performance condition noted in Table 6 above.

Further details of Keith Down’s joining award and of the Sharesave scheme are set out in the policy table.

Details of options held by David Stead, former Chief Financial Officer, who retired from the Board on 31 December 2015, are set 
out in Table 7 and in the policy table.

72

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   72

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:36

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Share options and dilution
The Remuneration Committee considers the provisions of the Investment Association’s Guidelines on Executive Remuneration 
when determining the number of shares over which share scheme incentive awards may be made. At the date of this report, since 
flotation of the Group in 2006, options have been granted over 2.5% of the Company’s issued share capital. The Group does not 
hold any shares in an employee benefit trust.

Service contracts
In accordance with the Group’s policy, the service contracts of the Executive Directors have no fixed term, the notice period for 
termination is 12 months from either party for contracts entered into before 1 July 2015, and six months for contracts entered into 
on or after that date. Payments on termination are restricted to a maximum of the value of base salary and benefits for the notice 
period. The Remuneration Committee may apply mitigation in respect of any termination payment.

The Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment for an initial period of three years with a provision for termination of one 
month’s notice from either party, or three months’ notice from either party in the case of Andy Harrison, the Chairman.

Table 10 – Directors’ service contracts

Will Adderley

John Browett

Keith Down

Marion Sears

Simon Emeny

Liz Doherty

Andy Harrison

William Reeve

Peter Ruis

Date of contract

Unexpired term

Notice period

28 September 2006

1 July 2015

7 December 2015

22 July 2004

25 June 2007

1 May 2013

17 July 2014

1 July 2015

10 September 2015

n/a

n/a

n/a

10 months

9 months

31 months

11 months

21 months

24 months

12 months

6 months

6 months

1 month

1 month

1 month

3 months

1 month

1 month

Since Marion Sears has now served 11 years on the Board (nine of which are post flotation of the Company in 2006), and Simon 
Emeny has served nine years on the Board, their contracts are renewed for one year terms (rather than three), with the notice 
period referred to above.

Relative TSR performance
The graph below shows the Group’s performance over seven years, measured by total shareholder return, compared with the 
FTSE General Retail Index and the FTSE 250. The Remuneration Committee has chosen these indices for comparison because 
they provide a range of comparator companies which have similar market capitalisation, which are in the same sector and which 
face similar market and economic challenges in the long term.

Table 11 – Total shareholder return performance graph (rebased to 2 July 2009 = 100)
The shares traded in the range 760p to 1,023p during the year and stood at 797p at 2 July 2016.

)

l

m
e
n
u
D
o
t
d
e
s
a
b
e
r
(

e
c
i
r
p
e
r
a
h
S

750

700

650

600

550

500

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

454.9%

169.9%

29.1%

Dunelm

FTSE 250

FTSE 350 
Retail

Jul 09

Jan 10

Jul 10

Jan 11

Jul 11

Jan 12

Jul 12

Jan 13

Jul 13

Jan 14

Jul 14

Jan 15

Jul 15

Jan 16

Jul 16

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

73

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   73

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:38

 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration Report CONTINUED

Table 12 – Historic Chief Executive pay
The table below sets out the prescribed remuneration data for each of the individuals undertaking the role of Chief Executive 
during each of the last seven financial years:

FY15/16

FY15/16

FY14/15

FY14/15

FY13/14

FY12/13

FY11/12

FY10/11

FY10/11

FY09/10

Annual bonus
payment 
against
maximum
opportunity
%

Long-term 
incentive
vesting rates 
against
maximum
opportunity
%

CEO Single
 figure of total
 remuneration
£’000

John Browett1

Will Adderley1

Will Adderley2

Nick Wharton

Nick Wharton3

Nick Wharton

Nick Wharton

Nick Wharton4

Will Adderley4

Will Adderley

489

10

507

110

1,509

1,292 

853 

429 

1,413 

1,366 

57.7%

n/a

5%

n/a

22.5%

97.0%

100.0%

6.0%

4.0%

100.0%

n/a

n/a

n/a

n/a

77.5%

86.7%

n/a

n/a

100.0%

100.0%

1.  Will Adderley was succeeded by John Browett as Chief Executive on 1 January 2016. The data for each Director for 2015/16 is pro-rated by time of service 

as Chief Executive. Will Adderley’s base salary was reduced to £1 on 1 July 2015.

2.  Will Adderley was reappointed Chief Executive on 11 September 2014, following the resignation of Nick Wharton on 10 September 2014. The data for 

each Director for 2014/15 is pro-rated by time of service as Chief Executive.

3.  Nick Wharton’s first LTIP award vested and was exercised in December 2013.

4.  Will Adderley was Chief Executive until he was succeeded by Nick Wharton on 1 February 2011. The data for each Director for 2010/11 is pro-rated by 

time of service as Chief Executive.

Change in remuneration of Chief Executive compared to Group employees
The table below sets out the increase in total remuneration of the Chief Executive and that of our other colleagues.

Table 13 – Relative change in Chief Executive pay  

Chief Executive1

All colleagues (per capita) 

Change in  
base 
salary 2014/15
 to 2015/16

−3.7%

−1.2%

Change in 
benefits 
2014/15 
to 2015/162

+24.8%

+7.5%

Bonus earned
 as % of salary
 2015/16

Bonus earned 
as % of salary 
2014/15

% change in 
bonus earned
2015/16

% change in
 bonus earned 
2014/15

72%

19%

5%

8%

+1,340%

+138%

−73%

+2

1.  John Browett was appointed Chief Executive on 1 January 2016 with a base salary of £500,000 per annum. He succeeded Will Adderley who had been 
appointed Chief Executive on 11 September 2014. During the financial year Will Adderley received a base salary of £1 per annum. In the prior year, he 
received a base salary of £560,000 per annum. Nick Wharton, Will’s predecessor, had a base salary of £424,485 in 2014-15. A pro-rated base salary of each 
has been used in the table above for both 2015/16 and 2014/15.

2.  The 2014-15 value included the additional taxable benefit in respect of the car and chauffeur provided to Nick Wharton in connection with his role. Will 

Adderley waived this entitlement.

74

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   74

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:38

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Table 14 – Relative spend on pay
The table below shows the all employee pay cost and returns to shareholders by way of dividends (including special dividends) 
and share buyback for 2015-16 and 2014-15.

Total spend on pay

Ordinary dividend to shareholders

Distributions to shareholders via treasury share purchases

Special distributions to shareholders

Total distributions to shareholders

This information is based on the following:

 2015/16
£’m

115.4

44.6

7.8

63.8

116.2

2014/15
£’m

107.3

41.5

–

141.7

183.2

% increase

7.5%

7.5%

n/a

-55.0%

-36.6%

 z Total spend on pay – total employee costs from note 4 on page 101, including salaries and wages, social security costs, 

pension and share based payments.

 z Dividends taken from note 7 on page 103.

 z Share buyback taken from consolidated statement of changes in equity on page 95.

Executive Director external Board appointments
Executive Directors are permitted to hold one external appointment as a Non-Executive Director or similar advisory or 
consultative role, subject to the Board being satisfied that there is no conflict of interest and that the position will not impact 
negatively on the Executive’s commitment to their Dunelm role. The Board may allow the Executive to retain any remuneration 
received in respect of the appointment.

Will Adderley does not hold any external PLC Board appointments.

On joining the Company on 1 July 2015, John Browett was a Non-Executive Director of easyJet plc, and retained this position until 
31 December 2015. He was also a Director of Octopus Capital Limited and Octopus Investments Limited (effectively one external 
role) during the period. He retained his Director fees (easyJet £30,000 to 31 December 2015; Octopus £50,000).

Keith Down was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of Topps Tiles plc on 1 July 2015, prior to his appointment to the Board 
of Dunelm. He retained his Director fees (£24,000 from 7 December 2015 in 2015-16). 

David Stead was a Non-Executive Director of Card Factory plc on 12 May 2014. He retained his Director fee (£26,000 to  
31 December 2015). 

Senior Executive remuneration
The Remuneration Committee provides oversight and guidance on the remuneration structure for Executive Board members. The 
package for new appointments is formally presented to the Committee for approval. In conducting its assessment of Executive 
Board remuneration, the Committee pays particular regard to whether any individual is incentivised to take risks inappropriate to 
their role and responsibilities.

Members of the Senior Management Team are eligible for awards under either the LTIP or the Company Share Option scheme 
(market priced options).

All members of senior management who receive share awards are also subject to shareholding targets as follows:

Executive Board and certain other senior Executives 

1× base salary to be acquired over five years

Other Executives 

0.5× base salary to be acquired over time

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

75

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   75

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:38

 
Remuneration Report CONTINUED

Statement of implementation of policy in the 2016/17 financial year
Base salary, benefits and pension
Base salary and benefits for each of the Executive Directors for 2016/17 are set out in the table below:

Table 15 – Base salary, benefits and pension for 2016/17

Base 
salary

Increase to
base salary
year on year

Benefits

John Browett £510,000

+2%

Car allowance; private health 
insurance for the individual and their 
family; permanent health cover; life 
assurance; mobile phone

Increase to
benefits
year on year

Pension

Increase to
pension
year on year

Nil

£102,000

+2%

Keith Down

£357,000

Will Adderley £1

+2%

Nil

As above

As above

n/a

Nil

£53,550

Nil

+2%

n/a

Basic salary increase for John Browett and Keith Down is in line with the Company-wide award of 2%. 

Annual bonus
John Browett and Keith Down have been awarded a bonus opportunity of up to 125% of base salary. The performance conditions 
attached to the bonus are:

 z 80% linked to achievement of Budget PBT;

 z 20% linked to achievement of strategic and personal targets, aligned to the Group strategy.

The Budget PBT is set taking into account market consensus and broker expectations. The actual financial and strategic targets 
have not been disclosed at this time as they are commercially sensitive. The targets and an assessment of the extent to which they 
have been achieved will be disclosed in next year’s remuneration report.

John Browett and Keith Down have each committed that two-thirds of the bonus earned (after payment of income tax and national 
insurance) will be invested in Dunelm shares, to be held for the duration of employment, with 50% of these shares to be retained 
for two years following cessation of employment.

LTIP
An award is expected to be made to John Browett and Keith Down under the Long Term Incentive Plan in October 2016. The 
award to John Browett will be over 110,000 shares, and to Keith Down over 60,000 shares.

The awards to John Browett and Keith Down will vest, subject to continued employment, on the third anniversary of the grant 
date, to the extent that performance conditions have been met. Two-thirds of vested shares (after sale to cover tax and national 
insurance liability on exercise) must be retained for the duration of employment, and 50% of these must be retained for two years 
following cessation of employment.

As in the past four years, Will Adderley has waived his entitlement to receive an LTIP award.

Sharesave
An invitation will be issued in October 2016 to all eligible employees, to apply for options to be granted under the Sharesave 
scheme at a 20% discount to the closing market price of Dunelm Group shares on the dealing day preceding the issue of the 
invitation. The maximum monthly savings will be £500 per month. Executive Directors employed at the eligibility date may apply 
for Sharesave options.

76

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   76

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:38

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Non-Executive Director fees for 2016/17
Fees to be paid to Non-Executive Directors are as set out in the table below:

Table 16 – Non-Executive Director Fees

Position

Base Fee

Committee/
SID Fee

Increase in 
base fee year 
on year

Increase in 
Committee 
fee year on 
year

Comment

Andy Harrison

Chairman

£204,000

Nil

£48,960

£12,240

2%

2%

n/a

2%

Simon Emeny

Marion Sears

Senior 
Independent 
Director and 
Remuneration 
Committee Chair

Non-Executive 
Director

Liz Doherty

William Reeve

Audit and Risk 
Committee Chair

Non-Executive 
Director

Peter Ruis

Non-Executive 
Director

£48,960

£48,960

Nil

2%

−100%

£48,960

£6,120

£48,960

Nil

Nil

2%

2%

2%

2%

n/a

n/a

Increase in Committee Chair fee 
reflects full year fee for 2016-17 
(10 months in 2015-16).

Reduction in Committee Chair 
fee follows retirement as Chair of 
Remuneration and Nominations 
Committees in 2015/16.

Audit and Risk Committee Chair 
since 12 September 2014.

Base fee for 2015-16 pro-rated 
from appointment in September 
2015.

Fee increases with effect from 1 July 2016 were in line with the Company-wide increase of 2%.

Statement of shareholder voting
At the Annual General Meeting on 24 November 2015, the total number of shares in issue with voting rights (excluding treasury 
shares) was 202,479,676. The resolution to approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the Annual Report on Implementation of 
the Remuneration Policy, and to approve the revised Long Term Incentive Plan and the Share Award Agreement in respect of the 
Joining Award to be made to Keith Down received the following votes from shareholders:

Table 17 – Voting on remuneration related resolutions at the 2015 AGM

Resolution

Votes for

% of 
votes cast

Votes 
against 

% of 
votes cast

Approve Remuneration Policy

179,735,245

Approve Annual Remuneration Report

180,631,706

Approve Long Term Incentive Plan

178,948,744

Approve Share Award Agreement

176,125,499

97.7

99.1

97.4

96.2

4,278,572

1,600,216

4,700,818

7,016,262

2.3

0.9

2.6

3.8

Votes 
withheld

4,460

1,786,355

368,715

876,516

% withheld

0.0

1.0

0.2

0.5

Approved by the Board of Dunelm Group plc on 14 September 2016 and signed on its behalf by

Simon Emeny 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

77

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   77

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:38

Letter from the Chair of the  
Nominations Committee

Andy Harrison Chair of the Nominations Committee

De ar  Sh ar e h o l d er

Last year we announced a number of changes to our Board as 
part of our long term succession plan as Dunelm moves into its 
next chapter of growth. This has been a year of transition for 
the Board during which these changes have taken effect.

I succeeded Geoff Cooper as Chairman of the Board at the 
start of the financial year in July 2015, and became Chair of this 
Committee in March of this year. The previous chair, Marion 
Sears, played a major part in shaping the Board that we have 
today during her ten years as Committee Chair and I thank her 
on behalf of the Board and shareholders for her diligent and 
committed work.

As we announced last year, our Executive team changed during 
the year. In January 2016, John Browett formally succeeded 
Will Adderley as Chief Executive, after a six month induction 
during which he spent time working in all parts of the business, 
developing the eight strategic initiatives which underpin our 
growth strategy, and making a number of new appointments to 
strengthen the Executive team. The Board and the business are 
already benefiting from John’s clear leadership and experience, 
which, combined with that of Will Adderley, means we now 
have two top retailers on our Board.

Keith Down succeeded David Stead as Chief Financial Officer 
in December 2015. David retired from the Board after twelve 
years on the Board. During this period he built and led the 
finance team (and, until recently, the IT and HR functions) 
through the Group’s IPO in 2006 and the sustained growth 
which followed. Keith has brought a wealth of experience from 
his previous roles in the consumer, hospitality and transport 
sectors, and he has already made an impact at the Board and 
with the wider Executive team.

We were also joined by two new Non-Executives: William 
Reeve in July 2015 and Peter Ruis in September 2015. 

We now have a Board with a combination of experience and 
fresh ideas, with complementary retail, consumer and online 
expertise. The Board is already working well together, and I 
expect that we will continue to build on this over the coming 
months and years.

This year we held an externally facilitated Board evaluation, 
which was completed shortly before the financial year end. This 
confirmed that your new Board is working well together and 
brought some helpful insights to make us more effective.

A number of external bodies have commented during the year 
on the importance of the work of the Nominations Committee 
in overseeing succession planning in particular, including the 
Financial Reporting Council and the report produced through 
a collaboration between Ernst & Young and the Institute of 
Company Secretaries and Administrators. We have a number 
of the recommended best practice processes in place, 
including a formal Board succession plan, and oversight of 
the composition and changes to the Executive team below 
the Board. This focus will continue and grow over the coming 
years.

Looking forward, as part of our normal succession process, we 
expect to appoint an additional Non-Executive Director during 
2017 to succeed Simon Emeny, who is expected to step down 
at the 2017 AGM after ten years on the Board. 

Yours sincerely,

Andy Harrison 
Chair of the Nominations Committee 
14 September 2016

78

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   78

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:44

Nominations Committee Report

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

2015/16 SUMMARY OF PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES

 X Andy Harrison succeeded Geoff Cooper as Chairman
 X John Browett succeeded Will Adderley as Chief Executive in January 2016; Will Adderley becomes Deputy 

Chairman

 X Keith Down succeeded David Stead as Chief Financial Officer on his retirement in December 2015
 X Peter Ruis appointed as a Non-Executive Director
 X Changes to Remuneration Committee and Nominations Committee Chairs
 X External Board evaluation

This report provides details of the role of the Nominations Committee and the work it has undertaken during the year.

Principal duties
The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board by keeping the composition of the Board under review and conducting a 
rigorous and transparent process when new appointments to the Board are made. The full terms of reference for the Committee 
can be found on the Company’s website, www.dunelm.com.

While all Board appointment processes and succession discussions are led by the Nominations Committee, these are viewed as 
important whole-Board topics and no appointment has been or will be made to the Board without agreement of all Directors.

Committee Membership
The following Directors served on the Committee during the year:

Member

Andy Harrison (Chair)

Marion Sears2

Simon Emeny

Will Adderley

Liz Doherty

William Reeve

Peter Ruis

Geoff Cooper1

Period from:

1 September 2014 

18 January 2005

25 June 2007

17 February 2011

1 May 2013

1 July 2015

10 September 2015

To:

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

To date

18 January 2005

7 July 2015

1.  Geoff Cooper resigned from the Committee on 7 July 2015, upon his retirement from the Board.

2.  Marion Sears was Chair of the Committee until 11 March 2016, when she was succeeded by Andy Harrison.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

79

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   79

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:44

Nominations Committee Report CONTINUED

There were two formal Committee meetings held in the year 
and members’ attendance was as shown in the table below. 
The Company Secretary acts as secretary to the Committee.

No Director attended that part of a meeting during which his 
or her own position was discussed.

Member

Andy Harrison (Chair)

Simon Emeny

Will Adderley

Liz Doherty

Marion Sears1

William Reeve

Peter Ruis3

Geoff Cooper2

Meetings attended:

2

2

2

2

2

2

0

1

1.  Marion Sears chaired the Committee until 11 March 2016.

2.  Geoff Cooper retired from the Board and the Committee on 7 July 2015. 

There was one meeting during his tenure.

3.  Peter Ruis was appointed to the Board and the Committee on  
10 September 2015. No meetings were held during his tenure.

Committee Activities in 2015–16
Board Succession Planning
For a number of years we have had a formal, long range plan 
for how Board membership should develop. As usual, we 
aim to balance continuity with regular refreshment of skill and 
experience.

In 2015-16 a number of changes planned and announced in 
the previous year took effect. 

On at least an annual basis each Director’s intentions are 
discussed with regard to serving on the Board and their 
succession is considered in the context of the shape of the 
overall Board and the corporate governance guidance on 
Non-Executive Director tenure. This transparency amongst a 
small and collegiate Board allows for an open discussion about 
succession for each individual, both for short-term emergency 
purposes as well as longer-term plans.

As part of our Board evaluation process, we conducted an 
analysis of the balance of skills on the Board as a whole, 
taking account of the future needs of the business, and the 
knowledge, experience, length of service and performance 
of the Directors. In accordance with our policy, we also had 
regard to the requirement to achieve a diversity of characters, 
backgrounds and experiences amongst Board members. 

Summary of Board changes in 2015–16
 X July 2015: Andy Harrison succeeded Geoff Cooper as 

Chairman.

 X September 2015: Peter Ruis appointed as a Non-Executive 

Director. 
Simon Emeny succeeded Marion Sears as Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee.

 X December 2015: Keith Down succeeded David Stead as 

Chief Financial Officer. 
David Stead retired.

 X January 2016: John Browett succeeded Will Adderley as 

Chief Executive. 
Will Adderley become Deputy Chairman.

 X March 2016: Andy Harrison succeeded Marion Sears as 

Chair of the Nominations Committee.

All of these changes were described in last year’s Nominations 
Committee report.

Board evaluation
This year we appointed a third party, Lorna Parker, to carry out 
a formal evaluation of the Board and its processes. The review 
confirmed that there is a good balance of complementary skills 
and experiences on the Board, and that compared to many 
other companies the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors 
are especially hard-working, committed and involved.

Separately I carried out a formal evaluation of the Non-
Executive Directors and the Chief Executive; the Chief 
Executive reviewed the performance of the Chief Financial 
Officer; and the Non-Executive Directors reviewed my 
performance. 

Diversity
In 2011 we set out the Board’s policy on diversity which we 
believe remains appropriate for Dunelm. It can be summarised 
as follows:

 z Whilst confirming that our overriding concern is to ensure 
the Board comprises outstanding individuals who can 
lead the Group, we also believe the Group’s best interests 
are served by ensuring that these individuals represent a 
range of skills, experiences, backgrounds and perspectives, 
including gender.

 z Accordingly, it is our policy that the Board should always be 

of mixed gender.

 z Quotas are not appropriate as a target for female 

representation on company boards, since they are likely 
to lead to compromised decisions on Board membership, 
quality and size.

 z We will seek to ensure that specific effort is made to bring 

forward female candidates for Board appointments.

 z We will monitor the Group’s approach to people 

development to ensure that it continues to enable 
talented individuals, both male and female, to enjoy career 
progression within Dunelm.

80

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   80

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:44

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

Details of the gender balance within the Group are set out in 
the Corporate Social Responsibility report on page 29. The 
Committee is pleased that there is a good level of gender 
diversity at Board, Executive Board and senior management 
level (22%, 40% and 33% respectively).

Tenure and Re-election of Directors
In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
all Directors will seek re-election at the 2016 AGM, and as 
now required by the Listing Rules the Non-Executives will be 
subject to an additional vote by shareholders independent of 
the Adderley family.

Marion Sears and Simon Emeny have served eleven and nine 
years on the Board respectively. Marion is now considered by 
the Board to be ‘non-independent’ in view of her tenure. As 
noted in last year’s report, we have asked Simon to stay for an 
extra year at the end of his nine year term to provide continuity 
during the recent period of change; it is expected that he 
will retire at the 2017 AGM following the appointment of a 
successor. I am mid-way through my first three year term, and 
Liz Doherty is now in the fourth year since appointment, with 
both William Reeve and Peter Ruis in their first term.

Executives below Board
The Committee has for some years had both formal and 
informal oversight of the Executive team below Board. Dunelm 
Board members have regular contact with these Executives, 
both through formal Board presentations and in regular store 
visits, where a Non-Executive Director meets a member of the 
Executive Board on a less formal basis. This year the Board also 
received a Talent Management presentation from the People 
Director, which will become part of the Board’s rolling agenda 
going forward. As part of the development of the Senior 
Management Team, we have implemented a programme of 
presentations by Non-Executive Directors to this group of 40 
or so senior managers, to share their leadership experience. 
Although these activities are not formally conducted as part 
of the work of the Nominations Committee, we see this as a 
useful way of preserving our culture and an important aspect 
of our oversight of the Executive team development and 
succession process.

Approved by the Board of Dunelm Group plc on 14 September 
2016 and signed on its behalf by

Andy Harrison 
Chair of the Nominations Committee

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

81

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   81

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:44

Directors’ Report

The Directors present their report together with the audited 
financial statements for the period ended 2 July 2016.

Where reference is made to other sections of the Annual 
Report and Financial Statements, these sections are 
incorporated into this report by reference.

Strategic Report
The Group’s Strategic Report is set out on pages 3 to 34. This 
contains an indication of likely future developments in the 
business of the Company and the Group.

Results and Dividends
The consolidated profit for the year after taxation was £102.3m 
(2015: £96.1m). The results are discussed in greater detail in 
the Chief Financial Officer’s review on pages 14 to 16.

A final dividend of 19.1p per share (2015: 16.0p) is proposed 
in respect of the period ended 2 July 2016 to add to an interim 
dividend of 6.0p per share paid on 24 March 2016 (2015: 
5.5p). The final dividend will be paid on 25 November 2016 to 
shareholders on the register at 4 November 2016.

Special Distribution
On 24 March 2016, 31.5p per Ordinary Share was paid to 
shareholders by way of a special dividend.

Shareholder and Voting Rights
All members who hold Ordinary Shares are entitled to attend 
and vote at the Annual General Meeting. On a show of hands 
at a general meeting every member present in person shall 
have one vote and on a poll, every member present in person 
or by proxy shall have one vote for every Ordinary Share held.

On 2 October 2006, Jean Adderley, Bill Adderley and Will 
Adderley (all shareholders) entered into a Relationship 
Agreement with the Company, pursuant to which each of Jean 
Adderley, Bill Adderley and Will Adderley undertook to the 
Company that, for so long as, individually or together, they are 
entitled to exercise, or to control the exercise of, 30% or more 
of the rights to vote at general meetings of the Company or 
they are able to control the appointment of Directors who are 
able to exercise a majority of votes at Board meetings of the 
Company, they will:

a.  conduct all transactions and relationships with any member 

of the Group on arm’s length terms and on a normal 
commercial basis;

b.  not take any action which precludes or inhibits any member 
of the Group from carrying on its business independently 
of Jean and Bill Adderley and their associates (as defined in 
the Listing Rules);

c.  not exercise any of their voting rights or other powers to 

procure any amendment to the Articles of Association of the 
Company which would be inconsistent with or undermine 
any of the provisions of the Relationship Agreement;

d.  abstain from voting on any resolution to which LR11.7.R(4) 
of the Listing Rules applies involving Jean Adderley, Bill 
Adderley or Will Adderley or any of their associates as the 
related party;

e.  not carry on (other than through their holding of securities 

of the Company) or have any financial interest (other 
than a financial interest in securities which are held for 
investment purposes only) in any person who carries on a 
business as a homewares retailer, to the extent that it would 
be inconsistent with or undermine any provisions of the 
Relationship Agreement; and

f.  only enter into, amend or terminate any transaction, 

agreement or relationship between themselves or any of 
their associates and any member of the Group with the 
approval of a majority of the independent Non-Executive 
Directors.

WA Capital Limited and Nadine Adderley, to whom Will 
Adderley transferred shares by way of a gift, have subsequently 
become party to this agreement.

In July 2014, the Relationship Agreement was amended so as 
to comply with Listing Rule LR 9.2.2A(2)(a), which came into 
effect on 16 May 2014. The following additional undertakings 
were given by the parties:

 z no action will be taken that would have the effect 

of preventing the Company from complying with its 
obligations under the Listing Rules; and

 z no resolution will be proposed, or procured to be proposed, 

which is intended to, or appears to be intended to 
circumvent the proper application of the Listing Rules.

In addition, the Articles of Association of the Company provide 
that the election and re-election of independent Directors must 
be conducted in accordance with the election provisions set 
out in LR 9.2.2ER and LR 9.2.2FR. This means that the election 
or re-election of each independent Director at the Annual 
General Meeting will be subject to an additional separate 
resolution upon which parties controlling 30% or more of the 
voting shares of the Company are not eligible to vote.

The Company confirms that it has complied with its obligations 
under the Relationship Agreement during the financial period 
under review, and that so far as it is aware, all other parties to 
that agreement have complied with it.

The Company confirms that there are no contracts of 
significance between any member of the Group and any of 
the parties to the Relationship Agreement, with the exception 
of Will Adderley’s service agreement as a Director of the 
Company, the terms of which are outlined in the Remuneration 
Report.

There are no restrictions on the transfer of Ordinary Shares 
in the Company other than certain restrictions imposed by 
laws and regulations (such as insider trading and marketing 
requirements relating to close periods) and requirements of 
the Listing Rules whereby Directors and certain employees of 
the Company require Board approval to deal in the Company’s 
securities.

82

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   82

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:44

e
c
n
a
n
r
e
v
o
g

UK Listing Authority Listing Rules (LR) – 
compliance with LR 9.8.4C
The majority of the disclosures required under LR 9.8.4 are not 
applicable to Dunelm. The table below sets out the location of 
those requirements that are applicable:

Directors
The Directors of the Company and their biographies are set 
out on pages 36 to 38. Details of changes to the Board during 
the period are set out in the Corporate Governance Report on 
page 40.

Disclosure provided

See above section headed 
‘Shareholder and Voting 
Rights’.

Applicable sub-paragraph  
within LR 9.8.4

(14) A statement made by the 
Board that the Company has 
entered into an agreement 
under LR 9.2.2A, that the 
Company has, and as far as it is 
aware, the other parties to the 
agreement have, complied with 
the agreement.

Change of Control
The Company is not party to any significant agreements which 
take effect, alter or terminate solely on a change of control of 
the Company following a takeover bid.

There are no agreements between the Company and its 
Directors or employees providing for additional compensation 
for loss of office or employment (whether through resignation, 
redundancy or otherwise) that occurs because of a takeover bid.

Share Capital and Treasury Shares
The Company has only one class of shares, Ordinary Shares of 
1p each.

The issued Ordinary Share capital of the Company has not 
changed during the period.

At 2 July 2016, the Company held 846,455 Ordinary Shares in 
treasury (2015: 357,158).

During the period the Company purchased 841,359 Ordinary 
Shares into treasury. 352,062 shares were transferred to 
employees who exercised options under a share incentive 
scheme or Directors under the LTIP scheme. Details of option 
exercises by Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report.

Since the financial year end, the Company has purchased 
500,000 shares and 8,010 Ordinary Shares have been moved 
out of treasury since the period end to employees who 
exercised options under a share incentive scheme. 

Substantial Shareholders
At 2 July 2016 the following had notified the Company of a 
disclosable interest in 3% or more of the nominal value of the 
Company’s Ordinary Shares:

Will Adderley

Bill Adderley

Ordinary
Shares

Percentage of
share capital

54,161,779

48,070,000

26.8

23.8

Will Adderley is also deemed to hold a legal interest in 
967,250 Ordinary Shares held by The Stoneygate Trust 
(formerly known as The Leicester Foundation) and 172,750 
Ordinary Shares held by the Paddocks Discretionary Trust, by 
virtue of the fact that he is a trustee of those trusts.

There have been no changes in the holdings of substantial 
shareholders since the period end date and 14 September 2016.

Powers of Directors
Specific powers of the Directors in relation to shares and 
the Company’s Articles of Association are referred to in the 
Corporate Governance report on page 46.

Employee Information
Information relating to employees of the Group is set out in the 
Corporate Social Responsibility report on page 29.

Share incentive schemes in which employees participate are 
described in the Remuneration Report on pages 53 to 77.
Donations
The Group does not make any political donations.
Greenhouse Gas Emissions
The Corporate Social Responsibility report on page 34 sets 
out the greenhouse gas emissions disclosures required by the 
Companies Act 2006 (Strategic Report and Directors’ Report) 
Regulations 2013.

Treasury and Risk Management
The Group’s approach to treasury and financial risk 
management is explained in the Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties section on page 24 and note 16 to the annual 
financial statements.

Independent Auditors
In accordance with section 489 of the Companies Act 2006 
and the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, a 
resolution is to be proposed at the AGM for the reappointment 
of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of the Group.

Disclaimer
This Directors’ Report and Business Review and the Financial 
Statements contain certain forward-looking statements with 
respect to the financial condition, results, operations and 
business of Dunelm Group plc. These statements and forecasts 
involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events 
and depend upon circumstances that will occur in the future. 
There are a number of factors that could cause actual results 
or developments to differ materially from those expressed or 
implied by these forward-looking statements and forecasts. 
Nothing in this Directors’ Report and Business Review or in these 
Financial Statements should be construed as a profit forecast.
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting will be held at 9.00 am on 
Tuesday 22 November 2016 at the Dunelm Store Support 
Centre, Watermead Business Park, Syston, Leicester, LE7 1AD. 
A formal notice of meeting, explanatory circular and a form of 
proxy will accompany this report and accounts.

This report was reviewed and signed by order of the Board of 
Directors on 14 September 2016.

Dawn Durrant 
Company Secretary

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

83

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   83

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:44

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report, the Directors’ Remuneration Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law and regulations.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are listed in 
the Corporate Governance Report, confirm that, to the best of 
their knowledge:

 z the Group financial statements, which have been prepared 
in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true 
and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and 
profit of the Group; and

 z the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Group, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

Disclosure of information to auditors
In accordance with Section 418, the Directors’ report shall 
include a statement, in the case of each Director in office at the 
date the Directors’ report is approved, that:

a.  so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 

information of which the Company’s auditors are unaware; 
and

b.  he/she has taken all the steps that he/she ought to have 

taken as a Director in order to make himself/herself aware 
of any relevant audit information and to establish that the 
Company’s auditors are aware of that information.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors 
have prepared the Group and Parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union. Under 
company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and 
fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company 
and of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In 
preparing these financial statements, the Directors are required 
to:

 z select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

 z make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

 z state whether applicable IFRSs as adopted by the 

European Union have been followed, subject to any 
material departures disclosed and explained in the financial 
statements;

 z prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis 
unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will 
continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time 
the financial position of the Company and the Group and 
enable them to ensure that the financial statements and the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the Companies 
Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, 
Article 4 of the IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for 
safeguarding the assets of the Company and the Group and 
hence for taking reasonable steps for the prevention and 
detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity 
of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, 
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and 
provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess 
the Company’s position and performance, business model and 
strategy.

84

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-middle.indd   84

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:44

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Financials

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

85

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   85

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:51

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5Independent Auditors’ Report to the members of Dunelm Group plcReport on the financial statementsOur opinionIn our opinion: zDunelm Group plc’s Group financial statements and Parent Company financial statements (the “financial statements”) give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 2 July 2016 and of the Group’s profit and the Group’s and the Parent Company’s cash flows for the 52 week period (the “period”) then ended; zthe Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union; zthe Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; and zthe financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.What we have auditedThe financial statements, included within the Annual Report, comprise: zthe consolidated and Parent Company statements of financial position as at 2 July 2016; zthe consolidated income statement and consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the period then ended; zthe consolidated and Parent Company statements of cash flows for the period then ended; zthe consolidated and Parent Company statements of changes in equity for the period then ended; and zthe notes to the financial statements, which include a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.Certain required disclosures have been presented elsewhere in the Annual Report and Accounts 2016 (the ‘Annual Report’), rather than in the notes to the financial statements. These are cross-referenced from the financial statements and are identified as audited.The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the financial statements is IFRSs as adopted by the European Union, and applicable law and, as regards the Parent Company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.Our audit approachOverview    MaterialityAudit scopeAreasof focus zOverall Group materiality: £6.4 million which represents 5% of profit before tax. zThe Group is structured with one segment that comprises a consolidation of six legal entities. zWe conducted an audit of the complete financial information of these six legal entities, together with additional procedures performed, including over the Group consolidation. zInventory provisions.The scope of our audit and our areas of focusWe conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland) (“ISAs (UK & Ireland)”).We designed our audit by determining materiality and assessing the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements. In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently uncertain. As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud. The risks of material misstatement that had the greatest effect on our audit, including the allocation of our resources and effort, are identified as “areas of focus” in the table below. We have also set out how we tailored our audit to address these specific areas in order to provide an opinion on the financial statements as a whole, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures should be read in this context. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit. 86dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   8620/10/2016   16:02:52i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Area of focus

How our audit addressed the area of focus

Inventory provisions
Refer to the Audit and Risk Committee Report on page 49 
and the use of estimates and judgements in the Accounting 
Policies on page 96.

Inventory represents a significant asset on the Group’s balance 
sheet and is carried at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value (“NRV”).

The NRV provision involves judgement in assessing slow 
moving or obsolete inventory. The Group accounting policy 
is based upon an analysis of the number of weeks’ cover of 
inventory (i.e. number of weeks’ sales held in inventory) based 
upon an average of the previous 26 weeks of sales. Provisions 
are recorded according to the number of weeks’ cover, type 
of inventory, certain classifications (such as whether inventory 
is a continuity line or discontinued) and management’s 
assessment of the expected realisable value for each category 
of inventory.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we 
performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on 
the financial statements as a whole, taking into account the 
geographic structure of the Group, the accounting processes 
and controls, and the industry in which the Group operates. 

The Group is structured with one segment. The Group financial 
statements are a consolidation of six legal entities within 
this segment, comprising the Group’s operating business, 
intermediate holding companies and centralised functions.

In establishing the overall approach to the Group audit, we 
identified two legal entities: Dunelm Soft Furnishings Limited 
and Dunelm Group plc, which, in our view, required an audit 
of their complete financial information due to their financial 
significance to the Group.

We tested the inputs to the provision calculation, including 
the classification (for example continuity line or discontinued) 
of inventory to reports from the buying department, which 
is segregated from the finance department, and found them 
to be consistent. We also re-performed the weeks’ cover 
calculation, identifying no exceptions.

We challenged the expected realisable value of inventory 
by reference to the historic experience of selling inventory 
at below cost and management’s intended plans for future 
routes of clearance. We found that the provision rates were 
consistent with the evidence obtained, based on past activity, 
and appropriately applied.

In addition, we also conducted the statutory audits of the 
remaining four non-significant legal entities such that the audit 
work was complete prior to finalisation of the audit of the 
Group financial statements, thereby providing further evidence 
in support of our Group opinion. 

The audits of these six legal entities, together with the 
additional procedures performed at the Group level, including 
over the Group consolidation, gave us the evidence we 
needed for our opinion on the Group financial statements as a 
whole. 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

87

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   87

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:52

Independent Auditors’ Report CONTINUED
to the members of Dunelm Group plc

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application 
of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, 
helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, 
timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating 
the effect of misstatements, both individually and on the 
financial statements as a whole. 

Based on our professional judgement, we determined 
materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall Group 
materiality

How we 
determined it

Rationale for 
benchmark 
applied

£6.4 million (2015: £6.1 million).

5% of profit before tax.

We have applied this benchmark, a 
generally accepted auditing practice, as 
we believe this is the key measure used 
by the shareholders in evaluating the 
performance of the Group.  

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report 
to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£0.05 million (2015: £0.05 million) as well as misstatements 
below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for 
qualitative reasons.

Going concern
Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the Directors’ 
statement, set out on page 25, in relation to going concern. 
We have nothing to report having performed our review. 

Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you 
if we have anything material to add or to draw attention to 
in relation to the Directors’ statement about whether they 
considered it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements. We have nothing material 
to add or to draw attention to. 

As noted in the Directors’ statement, the Directors have 
concluded that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements. The going concern 
basis presumes that the Group and Parent Company have 
adequate resources to remain in operation, and that the 
Directors intend them to do so, for at least one year from 
the date the financial statements were signed. As part of our 
audit we have concluded that the Directors’ use of the going 
concern basis is appropriate. 

However, because not all future events or conditions can be 
predicted, these statements are not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern.

88

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   88

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:52

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Other required reporting
Consistency of other information
Companies Act 2006 opinions
In our opinion:

 z the information given in the Strategic Report and the 
Directors’ Report for the financial period for which the 
financial statements are prepared is consistent with the 
financial statements; and

 z the information given in the Corporate Governance 

Statement set out on pages 40 to 46 with respect to internal 
control and risk management systems and about share 
capital structures is consistent with the financial statements.

The Directors’ assessment of the prospects of 
the Group and of the principal risks that would 
threaten the solvency or liquidity of the Group
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if we 
have anything material to add or to draw attention to in relation 
to:

 z the Directors’ confirmation on page 83 of the Annual 

Report, in accordance with provision C.2.1 of the Code, that 
they have carried out a robust assessment of the principal 
risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten 
its business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity.

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.

ISAs (UK & Ireland) reporting 
Under ISAs (UK & Ireland) we are required to report to you if, in 
our opinion:

 z the disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those 

risks and explain how they are being managed or mitigated.

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.

 z the Directors’ explanation on page 83 of the Annual Report, 
in accordance with provision C.2.2 of the Code, as to how 
they have assessed the prospects of the Group, over what 
period they have done so and why they consider that 
period to be appropriate, and their statement as to whether 
they have a reasonable expectation that the Group will 
be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as 
they fall due over the period of their assessment, including 
any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

We have nothing material to add or to draw attention to.

 z information in the Annual Report is:

 — materially inconsistent with the information in the 

audited financial statements; or

 — apparently materially incorrect based on, or materially 
inconsistent with, our knowledge of the Group and 
Parent Company acquired in the course of performing 
our audit; or

 — otherwise misleading.

We have no exceptions to report.

 z the statement given by the Directors on page 83, in 

accordance with provision C.1.1 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (the “Code”), that they consider the 
Annual Report taken as a whole to be fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for members to assess the Group’s and Parent Company’s 
position and performance, business model and strategy is 
materially inconsistent with our knowledge of the Group 
and Parent Company acquired in the course of performing 
our audit

We have no exceptions to report.

 z the section of the Annual Report on page 48, as required 
by provision C.3.8 of the Code, describing the work of the 
Audit Committee does not appropriately address matters 
communicated by us to the Audit Committee.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

89

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   89

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:53

Independent Auditors’ Report CONTINUED
to the members of Dunelm Group plc

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the Directors’ 
statement that they have carried out a robust assessment of the 
principal risks facing the Group and the directors’ statement in 
relation to the longer-term viability of the Group. Our review 
was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted 
of making enquiries and considering the Directors’ process 
supporting their statements; checking that the statements are 
in alignment with the relevant provisions of the Code; and 
considering whether the statements are consistent with the 
knowledge acquired by us in the course of performing our 
audit. We have nothing to report having performed our review.

Adequacy of accounting records and information 
and explanations received
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to 
you if, in our opinion:

 z we have not received all the information and explanations 

we require for our audit; or

 z adequate accounting records have not been kept by the 

Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 
been received from branches not visited by us; or

 z the Parent Company financial statements and the part of 

the Directors’ Remuneration Report to be audited are not in 
agreement with the accounting records and returns.

Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the 
financial statements in accordance with applicable law and ISAs 
(UK & Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the 
Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors.

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for 
and only for the Parent Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these 
opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose 
or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into 
whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our 
prior consent in writing.

What an audit of financial statements involves
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts 
and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give 
reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free 
from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. 
This includes an assessment of:

 z whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the 

Group’s and the Parent Company’s circumstances and have 
been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; 

 z the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates 

made by the Directors; and

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

 z the overall presentation of the financial statements. 

Directors’ remuneration
Directors’ remuneration report – Companies Act 2006 
opinion
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with 
the Companies Act 2006.

Other Companies Act 2006 reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion, certain disclosures of Directors’ 
remuneration specified by law are not made. We have no 
exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

Corporate governance statement
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report 
to you if, in our opinion, a corporate governance statement 
has not been prepared by the Parent Company. We have no 
exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review the part of 
the Corporate Governance Statement relating to ten further 
provisions of the Code. We have nothing to report having 
performed our review.  

Responsibilities for the financial 
statements and the audit
Our responsibilities and those of the Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities 
Statement set out on page 84, the Directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view.

We primarily focus our work in these areas by assessing the 
Directors’ judgements against available evidence, forming our 
own judgements, and evaluating the disclosures in the financial 
statements.

We test and examine information, using sampling and other 
auditing techniques, to the extent we consider necessary to 
provide a reasonable basis for us to draw conclusions. We 
obtain audit evidence through testing the effectiveness of 
controls, substantive procedures or a combination of both. 

In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial 
information in the Annual Report to identify material 
inconsistencies with the audited financial statements and to 
identify any information that is apparently materially incorrect 
based on, or materially inconsistent with, the knowledge 
acquired by us in the course of performing the audit. If we 
become aware of any apparent material misstatements or 
inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Mark Smith (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
Birmingham 
14 September 2016

90

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   90

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:53

Consolidated Income Statement
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Operating costs

Operating profit

Financial income

Financial expenses

Profit before taxation

Taxation

Profit for the period attributable to owners of the parent

Earnings per Ordinary Share – basic

Earnings per Ordinary Share – diluted

2016
52 weeks
£’m

2015
53 weeks
£’m

Note

1

3

2

5

5

6

8

8

880.9 

835.8 

(442.4)

(424.6)

438.5 

411.2 

(309.2)

(288.7)

129.3 

122.5 

1.2 

(1.6)

0.8 

(0.7)

128.9 

122.6 

(26.6)

102.3 

50.5p

50.3p

(26.5)

96.1 

47.5p

47.3p

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

91

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   91

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income/(expense):

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:

Movement in fair value of cash flow hedges

Transfers of cash flow hedges to inventory

Deferred tax on hedging movements

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax

2016
52 weeks
£’m

2015
53 weeks
£’m

102.3 

96.1 

10.3 

(2.9)

(1.3)

6.1 

1.0 

1.7 

(0.6)

2.1 

Total comprehensive income for the period attributable to owners of the parent

108.4 

98.2 

92

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   92

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:53

 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 2 July 2016

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Deferred tax assets

Derivative financial instruments

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Liability for current tax

Derivative financial instruments

Total current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Bank loans

Trade and other payables

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Derivative financial instruments

Total non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Hedging reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Note

9

10

11

16

12

13

16

14

15

16

17

15

11

18

16

19

2 July
2016
£’m

18.6 

168.9 

0.6 

0.8 

4 July
2015
£’m

13.1 

158.9 

1.9 

– 

188.9 

173.9 

116.6 

19.2 

6.8 

14.9 

157.5 

346.4 

(95.4)

(12.8)

– 

133.1 

18.0 

– 

16.2 

167.3 

341.2 

(88.0)

(12.5)

(0.3)

(108.2)

(100.8)

(94.2)

(41.4)

(0.8)

(2.0)

(0.2)

(138.6)

(246.8)

99.6 

2.0 

1.6 

43.2 

5.9 

46.9 

99.6 

(89.8)

(42.4)

– 

(3.1)

– 

(135.3)

(236.1)

105.1 

2.0 

1.6 

43.2 

(0.2)

58.5 

105.1 

The financial statements on pages 91 to 115 were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 September 2016 and were signed on 
its behalf by:

Keith Down 
Chief Financial Officer

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

93

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   93

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

Profit before taxation

Adjustment for net financing costs

Operating profit

Depreciation and amortisation

Impairment charge on non-current assets

(Profit)/loss on disposal of non-current assets

Operating cash flows before movements in working capital

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

(Increase)/decrease in receivables

Increase in payables

Net movement in working capital

Share-based payments expense

Interest received

Tax paid

Net cash generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

Acquisition of intangible assets

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from reissue of treasury shares

Purchase of treasury shares

Drawdowns on revolving credit facility

Repayments of revolving credit facility

Loan transaction costs

Interest paid

Ordinary dividends paid

Special dividends/distributions to shareholders

Net cash flows used in financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Foreign exchange revaluations

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period

Note

2016
52 weeks
£’m

2015
53 weeks
£’m

128.9 

0.4 

129.3 

25.3 

– 

(0.3)

154.3 

16.5 

(1.2)

3.0 

18.3 

1.4 

174.0 

0.1 

(25.9)

148.2 

2.0 

(29.6)

(10.2)

(37.8)

1.3 

(7.8)

39.0 

(35.0)

– 

(1.6)

(44.6)

(63.8)

(112.5)

(2.1)

0.8 

16.2 

14.9 

122.6 

(0.1)

122.5 

21.5 

0.1 

0.1 

144.2 

(17.6)

1.5 

16.2 

0.1 

0.3 

144.6 

0.5 

(26.9)

118.2 

– 

(25.3)

(5.9)

(31.2)

0.8 

– 

127.0 

(36.0)

(1.3)

(0.1)

(41.5)

(141.7)

(92.8)

(5.8)

0.3 

21.7 

16.2 

2

10

2

12

13

15

21

5

10

10

9

20

20

17

17

17

5

7

7

14

94

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   94

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

As at 28 June 2014

Profit for the period

Fair value gains on cash flow hedges

Loss on cash flow hedges transferred to inventory

Deferred tax on hedging movements

Total comprehensive income for the period

Issue of treasury shares

Share based payments

Deferred tax on share based payments

Current tax on share options exercised

Ordinary dividends paid

Special distributions to shareholders

Total transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity

As at 4 July 2015

Profit for the period

Fair value gains on cash flow hedges

Gains on cash flow hedges transferred to inventory

Deferred tax on hedging movements

Total comprehensive income for the period

Purchase of treasury shares

Issue of treasury shares

Share based payments

Deferred tax on share based payments

Current tax on share options exercised

Ordinary dividends paid

Special dividends

Total transactions with owners, recorded directly in equity

Issued 
share
capital
£’m

Share 
premium
account
£’m

Capital
redemption
reserve
£’m

Note

Hedging 
reserve
£’m

Retained
earnings
£’m

Total
equity
£’m

2.0 

1.6 

43.2 

(2.3)

145.2 

189.7 

16

16

11

20

21

11

6

7

7

16

16

11

20

20

21

11

6

7

7

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.0 

1.7 

(0.6)

2.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

96.1 

96.1 

– 

– 

– 

96.1 

0.8 

0.3 

(0.8)

0.1 

1.0 

1.7 

(0.6)

98.2 

0.8 

0.3 

(0.8)

0.1 

(41.5)

(41.5)

(141.7)

(141.7)

(182.8)

(182.8)

2.0 

1.6 

43.2 

(0.2)

58.5 

105.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

102.3 

102.3 

10.3 

(2.9)

(1.3)

6.1 

– 

– 

– 

10.3 

(2.9)

(1.3)

102.3 

108.4

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(7.8)

1.3 

1.4 

(0.6)

0.2 

(44.6)

(63.8)

(7.8)

1.3 

1.4 

(0.6)

0.2 

(44.6)

(63.8)

(113.9)

(113.9)

As at 2 July 2016

2.0 

1.6 

43.2 

5.9 

46.9 

99.6

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

95

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   95

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounting Policies

Basis of preparation
The Group financial statements consolidate those of Dunelm 
Group plc (‘the Company’) and its subsidiaries (together 
referred to as the ‘Group’). The Company financial statements 
on pages 91 to 115 present information about the Company 
as a separate entity and not about its Group.

Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on 
an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting estimates are 
recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in 
any future periods affected.

The key estimates and judgements used in the financial 
statements are as follows:

The Group and its subsidiaries are domiciled, and are 
incorporated as limited companies, in the UK.

The Group financial statements have been prepared and 
approved by the Directors in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS Interpretations 
Committee (IFRS IC) interpretations as adopted by the 
European Union and the Companies Act 2006 applicable to 
companies reporting under IFRS and these are presented on 
pages 91 to 115.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise 
stated, been applied consistently to all periods presented in 
these Group financial statements.

The annual financial statements are prepared under the 
historical cost convention except for financial assets and 
financial liabilities, which have been stated at fair value. The 
financial statements are prepared in pounds sterling, rounded 
to the nearest hundred thousand.

Going concern 
The Group has considerable financial resources together with 
long standing relationships with a number of key suppliers 
and an established reputation in the retail sector across the 
UK. As a consequence, the Directors believe that the Group 
is well placed to manage its business risks successfully. 
Having reassessed the principal risks, the Directors consider it 
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in 
preparing the financial information.

Further information regarding the Group’s business activities, 
together with the factors likely to affect its future development, 
performance and position is set out in the Strategic Report 
and Business Review on pages 3 to 34. The financial position 
of the Group, its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing 
facilities are described in the Chief Financial Officer’s review 
on pages 14 to 16. In addition note 16 to the Annual Report 
and Accounts includes the Group’s objectives, policies 
and processes for managing its capital; its financial risk 
management objectives; and its exposures to credit risk and 
liquidity risk.

Use of estimates and judgements
The presentation of the annual financial statements in 
conformity with IFRS as adopted by the EU requires the 
Directors to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the application of policies and reported amounts 
of assets and liabilities, income and expenses. The estimates 
and associated assumptions are based on historical experience 
and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable 
under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these 
estimates.

Inventory provisions
The Group provides against the carrying value of the 
inventories held where it is anticipated that net realisable value 
(NRV) will be below cost. NRV is calculated as the expected 
selling price less any cost to sell the goods. Future price 
reductions in turn are assumed to be in line with the Group’s 
standard approach to clearing discontinued and slow-moving 
inventory and are applied to such proportion of inventory as 
deemed appropriate given the level of cover in relation to 
recent sales history, on a line by line basis.

Basis of consolidation
Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. An 
investor controls an investee when it is exposed, or has rights, 
to variable returns from its involvement with the investee 
and has the ability to affect those returns through its power 
over the investee. The financial statements of subsidiaries are 
included in the consolidated financial statements from the date 
that control commences until the date that control ceases.

Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intragroup balances, and any unrealised gains and losses or 
income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions, 
are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial 
statements. Consistent accounting policies have been 
adopted across the group.

Revenue
Revenue is generated from the sale of homewares through 
the Group’s stores and website, and small amounts of related 
services such as the Dunelm at home consultants. Revenue 
therefore represents the proceeds from sales of goods and 
related services, excluding sales between Group companies 
and is after deducting returns, discounts given and VAT. 
Revenue is recognised when risk and reward passes to the 
customer, which is predominantly at the point of sale. The 
exceptions to this are for custom-made products, where 
revenue is recognised at the point that the goods are 
collected, gift vouchers, where revenue is recognised when 
the vouchers are redeemed and web sales, where revenue is 
recognised at the point of delivery. Revenue is settled in cash 
at the point of sale.

Foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at the 
prevailing rate at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at 
the rates ruling at the balance sheet date. Resulting exchange 
gains or losses are recognised in the income statement for the 
period.

96

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   96

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:54

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Intangible assets
These comprise software development and implementation 
costs and brands and are stated at cost less accumulated 
amortisation (see below). Costs incurred in developing the 
Group’s own brands are expensed as incurred.

Separately acquired brands are shown at historical cost. Brands 
have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated 
amortisation. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line 
method to allocate the cost of brands over their estimated 
useful lives. 

Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on 
the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use 
the specific software. These costs are amortised over their 
estimated useful lives.

Costs associated with maintaining computer software 
programmes are recognised as an expense as incurred. 
Development costs that are directly attributable to the design 
and testing of identifiable and unique software products 
controlled by the Group are recognised as intangible assets 
when the following criteria are met:

 z it is technically feasible to complete the software product so 

that it will be available for use; 

 z management intends to complete the software product and 

use or sell it; 

 z there is an ability to use or sell the software product;

 z it can be demonstrated how the software product will 

generate probable future economic benefits;  

 z adequate technical, financial and other resources to 

complete the development and to use or sell the software 
product are available; and 

 z the expenditure attributable to the software product during 

its development can be reliably measured. 

Other development expenditures that do not meet 
these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred. 
Development costs previously recognised as an expense are 
not recognised as an asset in a subsequent period.

Computer software development costs recognised as assets 
are amortised over their estimated useful lives. 

Amortisation
Amortisation is charged to the income statement on a straight-
line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset. These are 
as follows:

software development and licences 
trademarks and brands 

3 years 
5 to 15 years

Property, plant and equipment
Owned assets
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less 
accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses. 
Cost includes the original purchased price of the asset and the 
costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition 
for intended use. 

Where parts of an item of property, plant and equipment have 
different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items 
of property, plant and equipment.

Depreciation
Depreciation is charged to the income statement on a straight-
line basis over the estimated useful lives of each part of an 
item of property, plant and equipment to write down the cost 
to its estimated residual value. Land is not depreciated. The 
estimated useful lives are as follows:

freehold buildings 
leasehold improvements 
plant and machinery 
fixtures and fittings 

50 years
over the period of the lease
4 years
3 to 5 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and 
adjusted if appropriate, at the end of each reporting period.

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater 
than its estimated recoverable amount.

Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair 
value and then carried at amortised cost net of impairment 
provisions.

Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Cost is derived using the average cost method and 
includes costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their 
present location and condition. Net realisable value is the 
estimated selling price less cost to sell in the ordinary course 
of business. Provisions are made for obsolete, slow-moving or 
discontinued stock and for stock losses.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and 
deposits. All cash equivalents have an original maturity of three 
months or less.

Trade and other payables
Trade and payables are recognised initially at their fair value 
and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate.

Bank borrowings and borrowing costs
Interest-bearing bank loans are initially recorded at their fair 
value and subsequently held at amortised cost. Transaction 
costs incurred are amortised over the term of the loan. 

Borrowings are classed as current liabilities unless the Group has 
an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at 
least 12 months from the balance sheet date.

Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments used are forward foreign 
exchange contracts and structured foreign exchange 
options. These are measured at fair value. The fair values are 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

97

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   97

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:54

 
 
 
 
Accounting Policies CONTINUED

determined by reference to the market prices available from 
the market on which the instruments involved are traded.

Certain derivative financial instruments are designated as 
hedges in line with the Group’s treasury policy. These are 
instruments that hedge exposure to variability in cash flows 
that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a 
highly probable forecasted transaction.

when the expected benefit to be derived by the Group from 
a contract is lower than the unavoidable costs of meeting its 
obligations under the contract.

A dilapidations provision is recognised when there is an 
expectation of future obligations relating to the maintenance 
of leasehold properties arising from events such as lease 
renewals or terminations.

For cash flow hedges the proportion of the gain or loss 
on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an 
effective hedge, as defined by IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: 
Recognition and Measurement’, is recognised in equity, 
directly in the hedge reserve with any ineffective portion 
recognised in the income statement. Such hedges are tested, 
both at inception to ensure they are expected to be effective 
and periodically throughout their duration to assess continuing 
effectiveness. The gains or losses that are recognised in equity 
are transferred to the income statement in the same period in 
which the hedged cash flows affect the income statement.

Any gains or losses arising from changes in fair value derivative 
financial instruments not designated as hedges are recognised 
in the income statement

Impairment
The carrying amounts of the Group’s assets, other than 
inventories and deferred tax assets, are reviewed at each 
balance sheet date to determine whether there is any 
indication of impairment. If any such indication exists, the 
asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.

The recoverable amount is the greater of fair value and value 
in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax 
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the 
time-value of money and the risks specific to the asset. For an 
asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, 
the recoverable amount is determined for the cash-generating 
unit to which the asset belongs.

An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying 
amount of an asset or its cash-generating unit exceeds the 
recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in the 
income statement.

Share capital
Where the Company purchases its own equity share capital 
(treasury shares) the consideration paid, including any directly 
attributable incremental costs is deducted from equity 
attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares 
are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently 
sold or reissued, any consideration received net of any directly 
attributable incremental transactions costs and the related 
income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the 
Company’s equity holders.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group 
has a current legal or constructive obligation as a result of 
a past event and it is probable that an outflow of economic 
benefits will be required to settle the obligation. A provision 
for onerous contracts, including property leases, is recognised 

Operating leases
The Group leases certain property, plant and equipment and 
motor vehicles. Where a significant portion of the risks and 
rewards of ownership are retained by the lessor, these leases 
are classified as operating leases. 

Rentals payable under operating leases are charged to the 
income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of 
the lease. 

Expenses
Property leases
Lease incentives received are recognised in the income 
statement evenly over the full term of the lease.

Where leases for land and buildings provide for fixed rent 
review dates and amounts, the Group financial statements 
account for such reviews by recognising, on a straight-line 
basis, the total implicit minimum lease payments over the non-
cancellable period of the lease term.

Financing income/expense
Financing income/expense comprises interest payable on 
borrowings calculated using the effective interest rate method, 
interest receivable on funds invested and foreign exchange 
gains and losses.

Retirement benefits
The Group operates a defined contribution pension plan using 
a third-party provider. Obligations for the contributions to this 
plan are recognised as an expense in the income statement as 
incurred.

Share-based payment transactions
The Group operates a number of equity-settled, share-based 
compensation plans, under which the entity receives services 
from employees as consideration for equity instruments 
(options) of the Group. The fair value of the employee 
services received in exchange for the grant of the options is 
recognised as an expense. The total amount to be expensed 
is determined by reference to the fair value of the options 
granted:

 z including any market performance conditions (for example, 

an entity’s share price);

 z excluding the impact of any service and non-market 

performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, 
sales growth targets and remaining an employee of the 
entity over a specified time period); and

 z including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for 
example, the requirement for employees to save). 

98

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   98

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:54

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when 
there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income 
taxes assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by 
the same taxation authority on either the taxable entity or 
different taxable entities where there is an intention to settle 
the balances on a net basis.

New standards and interpretations
No new standards, amendments or interpretations, effective 
for the first time for the period beginning on or after 5 July 
2015 have had a material impact on the Group or Parent 
Company. 

At the balance sheet date there are a number of new 
standards and amendments to existing standards in issue 
but not yet effective. None of these is expected to have a 
significant effect on the financial statements of the Group or 
Parent Company, except the following, set out below: 

IFRS 9, ‘Financial instruments’, which is effective for periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2018, replaces IAS 39 and 
addresses the classification, measurement and recognition of 
financial assets and financial liabilities.

IFRS 16, ‘Leases’ addresses the definition of a lease, 
recognition and measurement of leases and establishes 
principles for reporting useful information to users of financial 
statements about the leasing activities of both lessees and 
lessors. A key change arising from IFRS 16 is that most 
operating leases will be accounted for on balance sheet for 
lessees. The standard replaces IAS 17 ‘Leases’, and related 
interpretations. The standard is effective for annual periods 
beginning on or after 1 January 2019 and earlier application is 
permitted, subject to EU endorsement and the entity adopting 
IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’ at the same 
time. The full impact of IFRS 16 has not yet been assessed. 

Non-market performance and service conditions are included 
in assumptions about the number of options that are expected 
to vest. The total expense is recognised over the vesting 
period, which is the period over which all of the specified 
vesting conditions are to be satisfied.

In addition, in some circumstances employees may provide 
services in advance of the grant date and therefore the grant 
date fair value is estimated for the purposes of recognising the 
expense during the period between service commencement 
period and grant date.

At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its 
estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest 
based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises 
the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the 
income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

When the options are exercised, the Company either issues 
new shares, or uses treasury shares purchased for this purpose. 
For issued new shares, the proceeds received net of any 
directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share 
capital (nominal value) and share premium.

The social security contributions payable in connection with 
the grant of the share options is considered an integral part  
of the grant itself, and the charge will be treated as a cash-
settled transaction.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which 
they are approved such that the Company is obligated to pay 
the dividend. Interim dividends are recorded when paid.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and 
deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except 
to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in 
equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax represents the expected tax payable on the 
taxable income for the period, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, together with 
any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous periods.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability 
method, providing for temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which the asset can be recognised. Deferred tax assets are 
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the 
related tax benefit will be recognised.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

99

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   99

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:54

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016 

1 Segmental reporting
The Group has one reportable segment, in accordance with IFRS 8 — Operating Segments, which is the retail of homewares  
in the UK. 

Customers access the Group’s offer across multiple channels and often their journey involves more than one channel. Therefore 
internal reporting focuses on the Group as a whole and does not identify individual segments. 

The Chief Operating Decision Maker is the Executive Board of Directors of Dunelm Group plc. Internal management reports are 
reviewed by them on a monthly basis. Performance of the segment is assessed based on a number of financial and non-financial 
KPIs as well as on profit before taxation.

Management believe that these measures are the most relevant in evaluating the performance of the segment and for making 
resource allocation decisions. 

All material operations of the reportable segment are carried out in the UK. The Group’s revenue is driven by the consolidation of 
individual small value transactions and as a result Group revenue is not reliant on a major customer or group of customers.

2 Operating profit
Operating profit is stated after charging/(crediting) the following items:

Cost of inventories included in cost of sales

Amortisation of intangible assets

Depreciation of owned property, plant and equipment

Impairment charge on non-current assets

(Profit)/loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets

Operating lease rentals

Net foreign exchange gains

2016
52 weeks
£’m

2015
53 weeks
£’m

439.9 

421.3 

5.6 

19.7 

– 

(0.3)

41.3 

(1.8)

2.0 

19.5 

0.1 

0.1 

38.9 

(0.9)

The cost of inventories stated above includes the benefit of a net reduction in the provision for obsolete inventory of £0.9m  
(FY15: £0.8m).

The analysis of auditors’ remuneration is as follows:

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors for the audit of the Parent and consolidated annual financial 
statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditors and their associates for other services to the Group

— audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation

— other services (see Audit and Risk Committee Report on page 48 for further information)

2016
52 weeks
£’000

2015
53 weeks
£’000

18 

57 

71 

17 

55 

55 

100

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   100

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:55

 
 
3 Operating costs

Selling and distribution costs

Administrative expenses

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

2016
52 weeks
£’m

273.9 

35.3 

309.2 

2015
53 weeks
£’m

262.6 

26.1 

288.7 

4 Employee numbers and costs
The average monthly number of people employed by the Group (including Directors) was:

Selling

Distribution

Administration

2016
52 weeks
Number 
of heads

2016
52 weeks
Full time 
equivalents

2015
53 weeks
Number of 
heads

2015
53 weeks
Full time 
equivalents

8,035 

4,757 

7,757 

4,425 

439 

494 

431 

487 

382 

417 

377 

410 

8,968 

5,675 

8,556 

5,212 

The aggregate remuneration of all employees including Directors comprises:

Wages and salaries including termination benefits

Social security costs

Share options granted to directors and employees (note 21)

Pension costs — defined contribution plans

2016
52 weeks
£’m

2015
53 weeks
£’m

120.0 

109.5 

7.0 

1.4 

1.5 

6.5 

0.3 

1.3 

129.9 

117.6 

Details of Directors’ remuneration, share options, long-term incentive schemes and pension entitlements are disclosed in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 77.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

101

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   101

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:55

 
 
 
Notes to the Annual Financial Statements CONTINUED
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016 

5 Financial income and expenses

Finance income

Interest on bank deposits

Foreign exchange gains (net)

Finance expenses

Interest on bank borrowings

Amortisation of issue costs of bank loans

Net finance (expense)/income

6 Taxation

Current taxation

UK corporation tax charge for the period

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Deferred taxation

Origination of temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of prior periods

Impact of change in tax rate

Total tax expense

2016
52 weeks
£’m

2015
53 weeks
£’m

0.1 

1.1 

1.2 

(1.3)

(0.3)

(1.6)

(0.4)

0.5 

0.3 

0.8 

(0.6)

(0.1)

(0.7)

0.1 

2016
52 weeks
£’m

2015
53 weeks
£’m

26.6 

(0.2)

26.4 

– 

– 

0.2 

0.2 

26.6 

26.3 

(0.3)

26.0 

0.2 

0.3 

– 

0.5 

26.5 

102

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   102

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

6 Taxation continued
The tax charge is reconciled with the standard rate of UK corporation tax as follows:

Profit before taxation

UK corporation tax at standard rate of 20.00% (2015: 20.75%)

Factors affecting the charge in the period:

  Non-deductible expenses

  Loss on disposal of non-qualifying assets

  Adjustments in respect of prior periods

  Effect of change in standard rate of corporation tax

Tax charge

2016
52 weeks
£’m

128.9 

25.8 

2015
53 weeks
£’m

122.6 

25.4 

1.1 

(0.3)

(0.2)

0.2 

26.6 

1.1 

– 

– 

– 

26.5 

The taxation charge for the period as a percentage of profit before tax is 20.6% (2015: 21.6%).

A reduction in the UK corporation tax from 20% to 19% (effective from1 April 2017) was substantively enacted on 26 March 2016, 
and a further reduction to 18% (effective from 1 April 2020) was substantively enacted on the same day. 

Further changes were announced in the Chancellor’s budget on 16 March 2016 reducing the UK corporation tax by a further 1% 
to 17% from 1 April 2020. As this further change had not been enacted at the balance sheet date the effect is not included in the 
financial statements.

7 Dividends and special distributions to shareholders
The dividends set out in the table below relate to the 1p Ordinary Shares.

Final for the period ended 28 June 2014

Interim for the period ended 4 July 2015

Final for the period ended 4 July 2015

Interim for the period ended 2 July 2016

– paid 15.0p

– paid 5.5p

– paid 16.0p

– paid 6.0p

Special dividend for the period ended 2 July 2016

– paid 31.5p

2016
52 weeks
£’m

2015
53 weeks
£’m

– 

– 

32.4 

12.2 

63.8 

30.4 

11.1 

– 

– 

– 

108.4 

41.5 

The Directors are proposing a final dividend of 19.1p per Ordinary Share for the period ended 2 July 2016 which equates to £38.6m. 
The dividend will be paid on 25 November 2016 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 4 November 2016.

In the prior year, the Group made a special distribution to shareholders by way of a B/C share scheme. The amount paid to 
shareholders on 10 March 2015 was 70p per share, which equated to £141.7m.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

103

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   103

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:55

 
 
 
 
Notes to the Annual Financial Statements CONTINUED
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016 

8 Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit for the period attributable to equity holders of the Company by the 
weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue during the period excluding ordinary shares purchased by the Company 
and held as treasury shares (note 20).

For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of Ordinary Shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all 
dilutive potential Ordinary Shares. These represent share options granted to employees where the exercise price is less than the 
average market price of the Company’s Ordinary Shares during the period.

Weighted average numbers of shares:

Weighted average number of shares in issue during the period

Impact of share options

Number of shares for diluted earnings per share

Profit for the period

Earnings per Ordinary Share — basic

Earnings per Ordinary Share — diluted

9 Intangible assets

Cost

At 28 June 2014

Additions

At 4 July 2015

Additions

Disposals

At 2 July 2016

Accumulated amortisation

At 28 June 2014

Charge for the financial period

At 4 July 2015

Charge for the financial period

At 2 July 2016

Net book value

At 28 June 2014

At 4 July 2015

At 2 July 2016

2016
52 weeks
’000

2015
53 weeks
’000

202,456 

202,217 

795 

982 

203,251 

203,199 

2016
52 weeks
£’m

102.3 

50.5p

50.3p

2015
53 weeks
£’m

96.1 

47.5p

47.3p

Software 
development 
and licences 
£’m

Rights to 
brands
£’m

14.1 

5.8 

19.9 

6.4 

(0.1)

26.2 

4.8 

2.0 

6.8 

5.3 

12.1 

9.3 

13.1 

14.1 

5.0 

– 

5.0 

4.8 

– 

9.8 

5.0 

– 

5.0 

0.3 

5.3 

– 

– 

4.5 

Total
£’m

19.1 

5.8 

24.9 

11.2 

(0.1)

36.0 

9.8 

2.0 

11.8 

5.6 

17.4 

9.3 

13.1 

18.6 

All additions were acquired and do not include any internal development costs.

All amortisation is included within operating costs in the income statement.

During the year, the Group acquired the rights to the Fogarty brand which will be amortised over a 15 year period.

104

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   104

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 Property, plant and equipment

Land and 
buildings
£’m

Leasehold 
improvements
£’m

Plant and 
machinery
£’m

Fixtures 
and fittings
£’m

Cost

At 28 June 2014

Additions

Disposals

At 4 July 2015

Additions

Disposals

At 2 July 2016

Accumulated depreciation

At 28 June 2014

Charge for the financial period

Disposals

Impairment

At 4 July 2015

Charge for the financial period

Disposals

At 2 July 2016

Net book value

At 28 June 2014

At 4 July 2015

At 2 July 2016

80.0 

4.3 

– 

84.3 

– 

(0.8)

83.5 

9.0 

1.3 

– 

0.1 

10.4 

1.4 

(0.4)

11.4 

71.0 

73.9 

72.1 

101.9 

11.8 

(0.2)

113.5 

21.8 

(3.6)

131.7 

40.4 

7.5 

(0.1)

– 

47.8 

8.4 

(2.5)

53.7 

61.5 

65.7 

78.0 

3.6 

0.4 

– 

4.0 

0.6 

– 

4.6 

2.2 

0.7 

– 

– 

2.9 

0.5 

– 

3.4 

1.4 

1.1 

1.2 

66.2 

9.2 

(0.9)

74.5 

8.9 

(3.0)

80.4 

47.2 

10.0 

(0.9)

– 

56.3 

9.4 

(2.9)

62.8 

19.0 

18.2 

17.6 

All depreciation and impairment charges have been included within operating costs in the income statement.

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Total
£’m

251.7 

25.7 

(1.1)

276.3 

31.3 

(7.4)

300.2

98.8 

19.5 

(1.0)

0.1 

117.4

19.7 

(5.8)

131.3 

152.9 

158.9 

168.9 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

105

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   105

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Annual Financial Statements CONTINUED
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016 

11 Deferred tax
Deferred tax is provided in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a taxation rate of 18% (2015: 20%).

Deferred taxation assets are attributable to the following:

Property, plant and equipment

Share-based payments

Hedging

Deferred tax recoverable/(payable) 
after more than 12 months

Deferred tax recoverable/(payable) 
within 12 months

Assets

Liabilities

Net assets/(liabilities)

2016
£’m

0.4 

0.7 

– 

1.1 

Assets

2016
£’m

0.8 

0.4 

1.2 

2015
£’m

0.6 

1.3 

– 

1.9 

2015
£’m

1.3 

0.6 

1.9 

2016
£’m

– 

– 

(1.3)

(1.3)

2015
£’m

– 

– 

– 

– 

2016
£’m

0.4 

0.7 

(1.3)

(0.2)

Liabilities

Net assets/(liabilities)

2016
£’m

(0.2)

(1.2)

(1.4)

2015
£’m

– 

– 

– 

2016
£’m

0.6 

(0.8)

(0.2)

2015
£’m

0.6 

1.3 

– 

1.9 

2015
£’m

1.3 

0.6 

1.9 

The movement in the net deferred tax balance is as follows:

Property, plant and equipment

Share-based payments

Hedging

Other temporary differences

Property, plant and equipment

Share-based payments

Hedging

12 Inventories

Goods for resale

Balance at 
28 June 
2014
£’m

Recognised 
in income
£’m

Recognised
 in equity
£’m

Balance at 
4 July 
2015
£’m

0.4 

2.7 

0.6 

0.1 

3.8 

0.2 

(0.6)

– 

(0.1)

(0.5)

– 

(0.8)

(0.6)

– 

(1.4)

Balance at 
4 July 
2015
£’m

Recognised 
in income
£’m

Recognised
 in equity
£’m

0.6 

1.3 

– 

1.9 

(0.2)

– 

– 

(0.2)

– 

(0.6)

(1.3)

(1.9)

0.6 

1.3 

– 

– 

1.9 

Balance at 
2 July 
2016
£’m

0.4 

0.7 

(1.3)

(0.2)

2016
£’m

116.6 

2015
£’m

133.1 

106

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   106

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:55

 
 
 
 
i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

13 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Other receivables

Prepayments and accrued income

All trade receivables are due within one year from the end of the reporting period. 

£10.0m of prepayments and accrued income are property related (2015: £9.2m). 

14 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash at bank and in hand

2016
£’m

0.2 

3.0 

16.0 

19.2 

2015
£’m

0.2 

3.0 

14.8 

18.0 

2016
£’m

14.9 

2015
£’m

16.2

The Group deposits funds only with institutions that have a credit rating of ‘A’ and above and the term is less than three months.

15 Trade and other payables

Current

Trade payables

Accruals and deferred income

Taxation and social security

Other payables

Total current trade and other payables

Non-current

Accruals and deferred income

Total non-current trade and other payables

Total trade and other payables

2016
£’m

52.9 

32.2 

10.0 

0.3 

95.4 

41.4 

41.4 

136.8 

2015
£’m

51.7 

26.9 

9.3 

0.1 

88.0 

42.4 

42.4 

130.4 

Current accruals and deferred income include lease incentives of £4.1m (FY15: £3.2m) and capital accruals of £2.6m (FY15: £0.3m).

The maturity analysis of non-current accruals and deferred income, all of which relate to lease incentives, is as follow:

One to two years

Two to five years

After five years

2016
£’m

5.2 

15.7 

20.5 

41.4 

2015
£’m

5.0 

15.0 

22.4 

42.4 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

107

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   107

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:56

 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Annual Financial Statements CONTINUED
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016 

16 Financial risk management
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. A formal process for 
reviewing and managing risk in the business is in place. 

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations and arises principally from the Group’s deposits with banks and financial institutions as well as foreign 
exchange hedging agreements with its banking counterparties. The Group only deals with creditworthy counterparties and uses 
publicly available financial information to rate its counterparties.

Group policy is that surplus funds are placed on deposit with counterparties approved by the Board, with a minimum of ‘A’ credit 
rating. Credit limits with approved counterparties are limited to £25m for any individual party.

The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount of financial assets. At the period end the 
maximum exposure is detailed in the table below.

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Total financial assets

2016
£’m

14.9 

3.2

7.4 

25.5 

2015
£’m

16.2 

3.2

– 

19.4

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach to 
managing liquidity risk is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, 
under both normal and extreme circumstances. The Group manages this risk by continuously monitoring cash flow forecasts. The 
Group’s available facilities can be found in note 17.

The table below analyses estimated future contractual cash flows in respect of the Group’s financial liabilities, according to the 
earliest date on which the Group could be required to settle the liability. Floating rate interest payments are estimated based on 
market interest rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. 

At 2 July 2016

Borrowings including interest

Trade and other payables

At 4 July 2015

Borrowings including interest

Trading and net settled derivative financial instruments

Trade and other payables

Total
£’m

100.1 

52.9 

Total
£’m

97.4 

0.3 

51.7 

Less than 
one year
£’m

One to 
two years
£’m

Two to 
five years
£’m

1.3 

52.8 

1.3 

0.1 

Less than 
one year
£’m

One to 
two years
£’m

1.3 

– 

51.6 

1.3 

0.3 

0.1 

97.5 

–

Two to 
five years
£’m

94.8 

– 

Interest rate risk
The Group’s bank borrowings incur variable interest rate charges. The Group’s policy aims to manage the interest cost of the 
Group within the constraints of its financial covenants. The Group will continue to monitor movements in the interest rate swap 
market. 

At the year end if Libor interest rates had been 10 basis points higher/lower with all other variables held constant, post tax profit 
would have been £0.1m lower/higher (2015: £0.1m) as a result of higher/lower interest expense on floating rate borrowings.

108

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   108

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:56

 
i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

16 Financial risk management continued
Foreign currency risk
All of the Group’s revenues are in sterling. The majority of purchases are also in sterling, but some goods purchased direct from 
overseas suppliers are paid for in US dollars, accounting for just under 20% of stock purchases in the period ended 2 July 2016.

The Group uses various means to cover its exposure to US dollars: holding US dollar cash balances and taking out forward foreign 
exchange contracts for the purchase of US dollars.

All the Group’s foreign exchange transactions are designed to satisfy US dollar denominated liabilities. The maximum level of 
hedging coverage which will be undertaken is 100% of anticipated expenditure on a three month horizon, stepping down to 75% 
on a nine to 12 month horizon. Coverage beyond 12 months is minimal.

Cash flow hedges are in place to manage foreign exchange rate risk arising from forecast purchases denominated in US dollars. At 
the balance sheet date, the fair value of US dollar foreign exchange forward contracts held in cash flow hedges was £7.2m asset 
(2015: £0.3m liability) which relates to a commitment to purchase $90.5m for a fixed sterling amount. A fair value movement of 
£10.3m (2015: £1.0m) was recognised in other comprehensive income and no ineffectiveness (2015: nil) was noted on cash flow 
hedges during the period. In the period, a gain of £2.9m (2015: £1.7m loss) was recycled from the cash flow hedge reserve to 
inventory to offset foreign exchange movements on purchases. The remaining hedge reserve balance will be recycled to the income 
statement to offset future purchases occurring after the balance sheet date, the majority of which expire in the next 12 months.

The outstanding US dollar liabilities at the period end were $0.4m (2015: $0.3m).

In the event of a significant adverse movement in the US dollar exchange rate, the Group could seek to minimise the impact on 
profitability by changing the selling price of goods, renegotiating terms with suppliers or sourcing from alternative markets.

At the year end if GBP had strengthened by 10% against USD with all other variables held constant, post tax profit would have 
been £0.2m higher (2015: £0.4m) as a result of foreign exchange gains on translation of USD denominated trade payables 
compensated by foreign exchange losses on translation of USD cash and cash equivalents. Other components of equity would 
have been £5.0m lower (2015: £5.9m lower) as a result of a decrease in fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.

Conversely, if GBP had weakened by 10% against USD with all other variables held constant, post tax profit for the year would 
have been £0.2m lower (2015: nil) and other components of equity would have been £6.1m higher (2015: £7.2m higher).

The US dollar period end exchange rate applied in the above analysis is 1.3265 (2015: 1.5603).

Fair values
The fair value of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities are equal to their carrying value. The fair value of foreign currency 
contracts are amounts required by the counterparties to cancel the contracts at the end of the period.

Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments carried at fair value are required to be measured by reference to the following levels:

 z Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

 z Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. 

as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and 

 z Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

All derivative financial instruments carried at fair value have been measured by a Level 2 valuation method, based on observable 
market data.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

109

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   109

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:56

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements CONTINUED
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016 

16 Financial risk management continued
Capital management
The Company considers equity plus debt as the capital.

The Board’s objective with respect to capital management is to ensure the Group continues as a going concern in order to 
optimise returns to shareholders. The Board’s policy is to retain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and 
market confidence and to sustain future development. The Board regularly monitors the level of capital in the Group to ensure 
that this can be achieved.

From time to time the Group purchases its own shares on the market. The shares are intended to be used for issuing shares 
under the Group’s share option programmes. The Board has authorised a share purchase programme designed to ensure that all 
options expected to vest under share option schemes can be fulfilled out of treasury shares.

During FY15, the Board reviewed its policy on capital structure and dividends. The original policy was established at the time of 
the flotation of the Company in 2006 and in the Board’s opinion has ceased to reflect the scale of the business and its consistent 
track record of cash generation over many years. Accordingly, the Board determined that the Group will operate with a modest 
amount of leverage such that net debt should fall within the range of 0.25 to 0.75 times the last 12 months EBITDA. In order to 
fund the ongoing debt, the Group entered into an arrangement with a syndicate of three major banks for the provision of a £150 
million revolving credit facility, expiring on 9 February 2020.

The gearing ratio and net debt as a percentage of EBITDA was as follows:

Total borrowings (note 17)

Less: unamortised debt issue costs (note 17)

Less: cash and cash equivalents (note 14)

Net debt

Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

EBITDA

Net debt as % of EBITDA

2016
£’m

95.0 

(0.8)

(14.9)

79.3 

99.6 

178.9 

44%

154.3 

51%

Financial (liabilities)/assets
The carrying value of all financial assets and financial liabilities was equal to their fair value. 

At 2 July 2016

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Forward exchange contracts

Total financial assets

Trade payables

Bank borrowings

Forward exchange contracts

Total financial liabilities

Net financial assets/(liabilities)

Loans and 
receivables
£’m

Note

Other 
financial 
liabilities at 
amortised 
costs
£’m

Financial 
assets/liabilities 
at fair value 
through profit 
and loss
£’m

Derivatives 
used for 
hedging
£’m

14

13

16

 15

17

16

14.9 

0.2 

– 

15.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

15.1 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(52.9)

(94.2)

– 

(147.1)

(147.1)

– 

– 

7.2 

7.2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

7.2 

– 

– 

0.4 

0.4 

– 

– 

(0.2)

(0.2)

0.2 

2015
£’m

91.0 

(1.2)

(16.2)

73.6 

105.1 

178.7 

41%

144.2 

51%

Total
£’m

14.9 

0.2 

7.6 

22.7 

(52.9)

(94.2)

(0.2)

(147.3)

(124.6)

110

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   110

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:56

 
 
 
 
 
 
16 Financial risk management continued

At 4 July 2015

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade receivables

Total financial assets

Trade payables

Bank borrowings

Forward exchange contracts – current

Total financial liabilities

Net financial assets/(liabilities)

Loans and 
receivables
£’m

Note

Other 
financial 
liabilities at 
amortised 
costs
£’m

Derivatives 
used for 
hedging
£’m

14

13

15

17

16

16.2 

0.2 

16.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

16.4 

– 

– 

– 

(51.7)

(89.8)

– 

(141.5)

(141.5)

The currency profile of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents is as follows:

Sterling

US dollar

Euro

17 Bank loans

Total borrowings

Less: unamortised debt issue costs

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Total
£’m

16.2 

0.2 

16.4 

(51.7)

(89.8)

(0.3)

(141.8)

(125.4)

2015
£’m

14.1 

2.0 

0.1 

16.2 

2015
£’m

91.0 

(1.2)

89.8 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(0.3)

(0.3)

(0.3)

2016
£’m

13.9 

1.0 

– 

14.9 

2016
£’m

95.0 

(0.8)

94.2 

The Group has medium term bank revolving credit facilities of £150m (2015: £150m) committed until 9 February 2020; £95m of 
this facility was drawn down at 2 July 2016 (2015: £91m). The carrying amount of bank borrowings is equal to fair value.

18 Provisions

Balance at  
4 July 
2015
£’m

Utilised in 
the period
£’m

Created in 
the period
£’m

Released in 
the period
£’m

Balance at 
2 July 
2016
£’m

Property related

3.1 

(0.3)

1.1 

(1.9)

2.0 

Property related provisions consist of costs associated with vacant property and dilapidations. Dilapidations are based on the 
Directors’ best estimate of the Group’s future liabilities.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

111

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   111

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:56

 
Notes to the Annual Financial Statements CONTINUED
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016 

19 Issued share capital

In issue at the start of the period

B/C share issued via bonus issue

B shares cancelled the year

C shares redeemed in the year

In issue at the end of the period

Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares 
of 1p each
2016

Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares 
of 1p each
2015

Number of 
B Shares 
of 0.001p 
each
2015

Number of 
C Shares 
of 0.001p 
each 
2015

202,833,931 

202,833,931 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

202,833,931 

202,833,931 

128,710,152 

73,756,725 

(128,710,152)

– 

– 

– 

(73,756,725)

– 

Proceeds received in relation to shares issued during the period were £nil (2015: £nil).

Ordinary shares of 1p each:

Authorised

Allotted, called up and fully paid

20 Treasury shares

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

Purchased during the period

Reissued during the period in respect of share option schemes

Outstanding at the end of the period

2016 
Number of 
shares

2016 
£’m

2015 
Number of 
shares

500,000,000

202,833,931

5.0

2.0

500,000,000

202,833,931

2016 
Number of 
shares

357,158

841,359

(352,062)

846,455 

2016 
£’m

3.3 

7.8 

(3.3)

7.8 

2015 
Number of 
shares

936,498

– 

(579,340)

357,158 

2015
£’m

5.0

2.0

2015
£’m

8.6 

– 

(5.3)

3.3

The Group acquired 841,359 of its own shares through purchases on the London Stock Exchange during the year (2015: nil). 
These shares are held by the Group for the purpose of delivery to employees under employee share schemes. The total amount, 
including fees, paid to acquire shares was £7.8m (2015: £nil) and the consideration was deducted from retained earnings within 
shareholders’ equity. 

The Group reissued 352,062 (2015: 579,340) treasury shares during the period for a total value of £3.3m (2015: £5.3m). 

Proceeds from the issue of treasury shares included in the consolidated statement of cash flows of £1.3m (2015: £0.8m) is the 
amount employees contributed.

The Group has the right to reissue the remaining treasury shares at a later date.

21 Share-based payments
As at 2 July 2016, the Group operated three share award plans:

a) Dunelm Group Share Option Plan (‘GSOP’)

b) Dunelm Group Savings Related Share Option Plan (‘Sharesave’)

c) Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)

There were 9,399 exercisable options in total under these schemes as at 2 July 2016 (2015: 3,692).

The fair value of options granted during the period was determined using the Black–Scholes valuation model. Full disclosures 
have not been given based on the immateriality of the figures.

112

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   112

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:56

 
 
 
 
i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

21 Share-based payments continued
a) Dunelm Group Share Option Plan
The GSOP was established in December 2003. Options have a vesting period of three years from date of grant and a maximum 
life of ten years. All grants have an exercise price equal to market price at date of grant. These grants are dependent on the level 
of growth in the Group’s EPS relative to RPI as well as continuing employment with the Group.

The number and weighted average exercise price of options under GSOP at 2 July 2016 were as follows:

Number 
of shares 
under option
2016

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
2016

Number 
of shares 
under option
2015

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
2015

Outstanding at beginning of the period

121,781 

815.6p

139,900 

Adjusted during the period

Exercised during the period

Lapsed during the period

Outstanding at end of the period

– 

(33,540)

(12,127)

76,114 

– 

714.4p

873.0p

851.0p

7,741 

– 

(25,860)

121,781 

814.6p

766.9p

– 

795.6p

815.6p

The weighted average share price at the time of exercise during the year was 972.0p.

b) Dunelm Group Savings Related Share Option Plan
The Sharesave scheme was established in 2006 and is open to all staff with eligible length of service. Grants are made under the 
scheme annually. Options may be exercised under the scheme within six months of the completion of each three year savings 
contract. There is provision for early exercise in certain circumstances such as death, disability, redundancy and retirement.

The number and weighted average exercise price of options outstanding under Sharesave scheme at 2 July 2016 was as follows:

Outstanding at beginning of the period

Granted during the period

Adjusted during the period

Exercised during the period

Lapsed during the period

Outstanding at end of the period

Number 
of shares 
under option
2016

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
2016

Number
 of shares 
under option
2015

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
2015

961,720 

563,823 

638.8p

754.5p

757,663 

523,706 

– 

– 

61,027 

(201,727)

(171,726)

1,152,090 

545.7p

685.0p

704.8p

(223,043)

(157,633)

961,720 

551.0p

653.0p

601.1p

363.1p

639.6p

638.8p

The weighted average share price at the time of exercise during the year was 918.8p.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

113

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   113

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:57

Notes to the Annual Financial Statements CONTINUED
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016 

21 Share-based payments continued
c) Long-Term Incentive Plan
The LTIP was approved by the Board in 2006 enabling the Group to award shares to particular individuals, normally in the form 
of nominal cost options. The LTIP is administered by the Remuneration Committee. One grant was made in the period, to the 
Executive Directors and senior management. These grants are exercisable in November 2018, dependent on the level of growth 
in Group EPS relative to RPI, as well as continuing employment. The maximum life of options under the LTIP is ten years from the 
date of grant. Full details of this plan are included in the Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 77.

The number and weighted average exercise price of options under LTIP at 2 July 2016 is as follows:

Number 
of shares 
under option
2016

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
2016

Number
 of shares 
under option
2015

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
2015

Outstanding at beginning of the period

Granted during the period

Adjusted during the period

Exercised during the period

Lapsed during the period

Outstanding at end of the period

709,083 

518,428 

– 

(116,795)

(338,703)

772,013 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,199,332 

304,522 

44,948 

(356,297)

(483,422)

709,083 

The weighted average share price at the time of exercise was 966.7p

d) Impact on income statement
The total (income)/expense recognised in the income statement arising from share-based payments is as follows:

GSOP

Sharesave

LTIP

2016
£’m

0.1 

0.8 

0.5 

1.4 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2015
£’m

0.1 

0.5 

(0.3)

0.3

22 Commitments
As at 2 July 2016 the Group had entered into capital contracts for new stores amounting to £4.2m (2015: £4.4m). 

The future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases were as follows:

Within one year

In the second to fifth year inclusive

After five years

Motor 
vehicles
2016
£’m

Land and 
buildings
2016
£’m

Plant and 
machinery
2016
£’m

Motor 
vehicles
2015
£’m

Land and 
buildings
2015
£’m

Plant and 
machinery
2015
£’m

1.0 

1.3 

– 

2.3 

43.5 

164.0 

174.0 

381.5 

0.7 

2.0 

0.8 

3.5 

1.0 

1.5 

– 

2.5 

38.5 

148.3 

161.5 

348.3 

1.0 

2.7 

0.4 

4.1

The Group has 147 operating leases in respect of properties. These leases run for periods of up to 20 years, with an option to 
renew leases on expiry. Lease payments are typically reviewed every five years.

The Group also leases a number of vehicles, shop fittings and items of computer hardware under operating leases. These vary in 
length.

114

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   114

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:57

 
i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

23 Contingent liabilities
The Group had no contingent liabilities at the period end date.

24 Related parties
Identity of related parties
The Group has related party relationships with its subsidiaries and with its Directors. Transactions between the Company and its 
subsidiaries, which are related parties, have been eliminated on consolidation for the Group. A list of subsidiaries can be found in 
note 4 to the parent company financial statements.

Key management personnel
The key management personnel of the Group comprise members of the Board of Directors and the Executive Board.

Directors of the Company and their close relatives control 51.3% (2015: 55.4%) of the voting shares of the Company.

Disclosures relating to remuneration of Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 77. The remuneration of 
the key management personnel is set out below:

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

2016
£’m

2.9 

0.3 

0.4 

3.6 

2015
£’m

3.2 

0.3 

0.3 

3.8

From time to time Directors of the Group, or their related entities, may purchase goods from the Group. These purchases are on 
the same terms and conditions as those entered into by other Group employees and values involved are trivial.

25 Ultimate controlling party
The Directors consider that the Adderley family is the ultimate controlling party of Dunelm Group plc by virtue of their combined 
shareholding.

26 Subsequent events
There are no reportable subsequent events for Dunelm Group plc. 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

115

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   115

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:57

Parent Company Statement of Financial Position
As at 2 July 2016

Non-current assets

Investment in subsidiaries

Deferred tax asset

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Current tax asset

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity

Issued capital

Share premium account

Non-distributable reserves

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to equity holders of the parent

Note

4

5

6

7

10

2 July
2016
£’m

52.3 

0.2 

52.5 

244.3 

– 

244.3 

296.8 

(0.1)

(0.1)

(0.1)

296.7 

2.0 

1.6 

7.1 

43.2 

242.8 

296.7 

4 July 
2015
£’m

51.2 

0.2 

51.4 

3.0 

0.2 

3.2 

54.6 

(1.1)

(1.1)

(1.1)

53.5 

2.0 

1.6 

6.0 

43.2 

0.7 

53.5

The financial statements on pages 116 to 124 were approved by the Board of Directors on 14 September 2016 and were signed 
on its behalf by:

Keith Down 
Director

Company number 4708277

Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

There were no cash movements during the year for the Company as any cash transactions were executed by other members 
of the Dunelm Group plc Group on behalf of the Company. As a result no statement of cash flows has been presented in these 
financial statements.

116

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   116

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Note

Issued 
share
capital
£’m

2.0 

Share 
premium
account
£’m

Capital
redemption
reserve
£’m

Non-
distributable 
reserve
£’m

Retained
earnings
£’m

Total
equity
£’m

1.6 

43.2 

4.3 

147.9 

199.0 

As at 28 June 2014

Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Issue of treasury shares

Share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Dividends

Special distributions to shareholders

Total transactions with owners, recorded 
directly in equity

As at 4 July 2015

Profit for the period

Total comprehensive income for the period

Purchase of treasury shares

Issue of treasury shares

Share-based payments

Deferred tax on share-based payments

Dividends 

Special distributions to shareholders

Total transactions with owners, recorded 
directly in equity

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

2.0 

1.6 

43.2 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

11

12

5

3

3

11

12

5

3

3

– 

– 

– 

1.7 

– 

– 

– 

1.7 

6.0 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1.1 

– 

– 

– 

1.1 

7.1 

37.2 

37.2 

0.9 

(1.3)

(0.8)

37.2 

37.2

0.9 

0.4 

(0.8)

(41.5)

(41.5)

(141.7)

(141.7)

(184.4)

(182.7)

0.7 

356.8 

356.8 

(7.8)

1.3 

0.3 

(0.1)

(44.6)

(63.8)

53.5 

356.8 

356.8 

(7.8)

1.3 

1.4 

(0.1)

(44.6)

(63.8)

(114.7)

242.8 

(113.6)

296.7 

As at 2 July 2016

2.0 

1.6 

43.2 

The non-distributable reserve’s purpose is to reflect movements in share-based payments in respect of awards given by the Parent 
Company to employees of subsidiaries.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

117

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   117

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Parent Company Accounting Policies

Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements have been prepared and 
approved by the Directors in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (‘Adopted 
IFRSs’) and as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

The financial statements of the Company are prepared 
under the historical cost convention, in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006, applicable accounting standards and 
specifically in accordance with the accounting policies set out 
below.

After making enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable 
expectation that the Company has adequate resources to 
continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. 
Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in 
preparing the financial statements.

Investments
Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at the 
adjusted cost of the investment. IFRS 2 requires the Parent 
Company to recognise an increase in the cost of its investment 
in a subsidiary which has issued share options in the Parent 
Company’s shares to its employees.

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair 
value and then carried at amortised cost net of impairment 
provisions.

Share capital
Where the Company purchases its own equity share capital 
(treasury shares) the consideration paid, including any directly 
attributable incremental costs is deducted from equity 
attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares 
are cancelled or reissued. Where such shares are subsequently 
sold or reissued, any consideration received net of any directly 
attributable incremental transaction costs and the related 
income tax effects is included in equity attributable to the 
Company’s equity holders.

Share-based payments
The Company operates one equity-settled, share-based 
compensation plan, under which the entity receives services from 
employees as consideration for equity instruments (options) of 
the Company. The fair value of the employee services received 
in exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an 
expense. The total amount to be expensed is determined by 
reference to the fair value of the options granted:

 z including any market performance conditions (for example, 

an entity’s share price);

 z excluding the impact of any service and non-market 

performance vesting conditions (for example, profitability, 
sales growth targets and remaining an employee of the 
entity over a specified time period); and

 z including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (for 
example, the requirement for employees to save). 

Non-market performance and service conditions are included 
in assumptions about the number of options that are expected 
to vest. The total expense is recognised over the vesting 
period, which is the period over which all of the specified 
vesting conditions are to be satisfied.

In addition, in some circumstances employees may provide 
services in advance of the grant date and therefore the grant 
date fair value is estimated for the purposes of recognising the 
expense during the period between service commencement 
period and grant date.

At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its 
estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest 
based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises 
the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the 
income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity.

When the options are exercised, the Company either issues 
new shares, or uses treasury shares purchased for this purpose. 
For issued new shares, the proceeds received net of any 
directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share 
capital (nominal value) and share premium.

The social security contributions payable in connection with 
the grant of the share options is considered an integral part  
of the grant itself, and the charge will be treated as a cash-
settled transaction.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised as a liability in the period in which 
they are approved such that the Company is obligated to pay 
the dividend.

Taxation
Tax on the profit or loss for the period comprises current and 
deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement except 
to the extent that it relates to items recognised directly in 
equity, in which case it is recognised in equity.

Current tax represents the expected tax payable on the 
taxable income for the period, using tax rates enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date, together with 
any adjustment to tax payable in respect of previous periods.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance sheet liability 
method, providing for temporary differences between the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting 
purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is 
probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which the asset can be recognised. Deferred tax assets are 
reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the 
related tax benefit will be recognised.

New standards and interpretations
No new standards, amendments or interpretations, effective 
for the first time for the period beginning on or after 5 July 
2015 have had a material impact on the Parent Company.

At the balance sheet date there are a number of new standards 
and amendments to existing standards in issue but not yet 
effective. None of these is expected to have a significant effect 
on the financial statements of the Company.

118

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   118

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:57

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

1 Income statement
The Company made a profit after tax of £356.8m (2015: £37.2m). The Directors have taken advantage of the exemption available 
under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and have not presented an income statement for the Company alone.

The Company is not required to give details of the fees paid to its auditors in accordance with the Companies (Disclosure of 
Auditor Remuneration) Regulations 2005.

2 Employee costs
The Company has no employees other than the three Executive Directors and the Non-Executive Directors. Full details of the 
Directors’ remuneration and interests are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 77. Share-based payments details 
are given note 12 on pages 122 to 123.

3 Dividends and special distributions to shareholders
The dividends set out in the table below relate to the 1p Ordinary Shares.

Final for the period ended 28 June 2014

Interim for the period ended 4 July 2015

Final for the period ended 4 July 2015

Interim for the period ended 2 July 2016

– paid 15.0p

– paid 5.5p

– paid 16.0p

– paid 6.0p

Special dividend for the period ended 2 July 2016

– paid 31.5p

2016
52 weeks
£’m

2015
53 weeks
£’m

– 

– 

32.4 

12.2 

63.8 

30.4 

11.1 

– 

– 

– 

108.4 

41.5 

The Directors are proposing a final dividend of 19.1p per Ordinary Share for the period ended 2 July 2016 which equates to £38.6m. 
The dividend will be paid on 25 November 2016 to shareholders on the register at the close of business on 4 November 2016.

In the prior year, the Company made a special distribution to shareholders by way of a B/C share scheme. The amount paid to 
shareholders on 10 March 2015 was 70p per share, which equated to £141.7m.

4 Investment in subsidiaries
On 28 June 2016, the Company transferred its interest in the share capital of Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Limited and Dunelm 
Estates Limited to Dunelm Limited by way of a share for share exchange.

No gain or loss arose on this transaction as the carrying value of the investment in Dunelm Limited increased by an amount 
equivalent to the carrying value of the previous investments in Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Limited and Dunelm Estates Limited. 

Shares in subsidiary undertakings:

As at 28 June 2014

Share-based payments

As at 4 July 2015

Share-based payments

As at 2 July 2016

£’m

49.9 

1.3 

51.2 

1.1 

52.3 

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

119

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   119

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:57

 
 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements CONTINUED
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

4 Investment in subsidiaries continued
The following were subsidiaries as at 2 July 2016:

Subsidiary

Dunelm Limited

Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Limited*

Dunelm Estates Limited*

Zoncolan Limited*

Fogarty Holdings Limited*^

* Share Capital held by subsidiary undertaking.

Proportion 
of ordinary 
shares held

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Nature of business

Holding company 

Retailer of soft furnishings

Property holding company 

Property holding company 

Non-trading company 

^ The share capital of Fogarty Holdings Limited was purchased during the period by Dunelm (Soft Furnishings) Limited.

All of the above subsidiaries and the Parent Company are registered in England and Wales and operate in the United Kingdom. 

5 Deferred tax assets

Employee benefits

The movement in deferred tax assets is as follows:

Employee benefits

Employee benefits

6 Trade and other receivables

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings

Prepayments and accrued income

Assets

2016
£’m

0.2 

2015 
£’m

0.2

Balance at 
28 June 
2015
£’m

Recognised 
in income
£’m

Recognised 
in equity
£’m

Balance at 
4 July 
2015
£’m

1.6 

(0.6)

(0.8)

0.2

Balance at 
4 July 
2015
£’m

Recognised 
in income
£’m

Recognised 
in equity
£’m

Balance at 
2 July 
2016
£’m

0.2 

0.1 

(0.1)

0.2

2016
£’m

244.3 

– 

244.3 

2015
£’m

1.8 

1.2 

3.0 

Amounts owed by subsidiary undertakings are immediately repayable. Interest is charged monthly on all intercompany balances 
at an annual rate of 2%.

120

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   120

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:58

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements CONTINUED

For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

7 Trade and other payables

Accruals and deferred income

Other taxation and social security

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

2016
£’m

– 

0.1 

0.1 

2015
£’m

1.0 

0.1 

1.1

8 Interest bearing loans and borrowings
The Company has no committed borrowing facilities as any cash transactions are executed by other members of the Dunelm 
Group on behalf of the Company.

9 Financial risk management
Capital management
The Board’s objective with respect to capital management is to ensure the Company continues as a going concern in order to 
optimise returns to shareholders. The Board’s policy is to retain a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and 
market confidence and to sustain future development. The Board regularly monitors the level of capital in the Group to ensure 
that this can be achieved.

10 Issued share capital

In issue at the start of the period

B/C share issued via bonus issue

B shares cancelled the year

C shares redeemed in the year

In issue at the end of the period

Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares of 
1p each
2016

Number of 
Ordinary 
Shares of 
1p each
2015

Number of 
B Shares of 
0.001p 
each
2015

Number of 
C Shares of 
0.001p 
each 
2015

202,833,931 

202,833,931 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

202,833,931 

202,833,931 

128,710,152 

73,756,725 

(128,710,152)

– 

– 

– 

(73,756,725)

– 

Proceeds received in relation to shares issued during the period were £nil (2015: £nil). 

Ordinary shares of 1p each: 

Authorised

Allotted, called up and fully paid

2016 
Number of 
shares

2016 
£’m

2015 
Number of 
shares

500,000,000

202,833,931

5.0

2.0

500,000,000

202,833,931

2015
£’m

5.0

2.0

The holders of the Ordinary Shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared and are entitled to one vote per share.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

121

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   121

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:58

 
 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements CONTINUED
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

11 Treasury shares

Outstanding at the beginning of the period

Purchased during the period

Reissued during the period in respect of share option schemes

Outstanding at the end of the period

2016 
Number of 
shares

357,158

841,359

(352,062)

846,455 

2016 
£’m

3.3 

7.8 

(3.3)

7.8 

2015 
Number of 
shares

936,498

– 

(579,340)

357,158 

2015
£’m

8.6 

– 

(5.3)

3.3

The Company acquired 841,359 of its own shares through purchases on the London Stock Exchange during the year (2015: 
nil). These shares are held by the Company for the purpose of delivery to employees under employee share schemes. The total 
amount, including fees, paid to acquire shares was £7.8m (2015: £nil) and the consideration was deducted from retained earnings 
within shareholders’ equity. 

The Company reissued 352,062 (2015: 579,340) treasury shares during the period for a total value of £3.3m (2015: £5.3m). 

Proceeds from the issue of treasury shares included in the consolidated statement of cash flows of £1.3m (2015: £0.8m) is the 
amount employees contributed.

The Group has the right to reissue the remaining treasury shares at a later date.

12 Share-based payments
As at 2 July 2016, the Company operated one share award plan:

Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’)

There were no exercisable options under this scheme as at 2 July 2016 (2015: 2,000).

Long Term Incentive Plan
The LTIP was approved by the Board in 2006 enabling the Group to award shares to particular individuals, normally in the form 
of nominal cost options. The LTIP is administered by the Remuneration Committee. One grant was made in the period, to the 
Executive Directors and senior management. These grants are exercisable in December 2018, dependent on the level of growth 
in Group EPS relative to RPI, as well as continuing employment. The maximum life of options under the LTIP is ten years from the 
date of grant. Full details of this plan are included in the Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 77.

The fair value of options granted during the period was determined using the Black–Scholes valuation model. The significant 
inputs into the model are detailed below. The volatility is measured at the standard deviation of share returns based on the daily 
share price over the twenty days prior to the grant date.

The fair value per option granted and the assumptions used in the calculations are as follows:

Share price at date of grant

Volatility

Dividend yield

Option life

Risk-free interest rate

Discount factor, based on dividend yield to vesting date

Fair value of option

December 
2015

986.5p

31.31%

4.0%

3 years

1.10%

0.670

661.1p

October 
2015

942.5p

31.90%

4.0%

3 years

1.00%

0.670

631.6p

October 
2014

816.0p

35.11%

4.0%

3 years

1.44%

0.670

546.8p

October 
2013

876.5p

40.00%

4.0%

3 years

1.35%

0.670

587.4p

122

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   122

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:58

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements CONTINUED

For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

12 Share-based payments continued
The fair value of additional options granted and the assumptions used in the calculations are as follows:

Share price at date of grant

Volatility

Dividend yield

Remaining option life

Risk-free interest rate

Discount factor, based on dividend yield to vesting date

Fair value of option

October 
2014

816.0p

32.78%

4.0%

October 
2013

876.5p

32.78%

4.0%

27 months

15 months

1.40%

0.690

563.0p

1.40%

0.718

629.5p

The number and weighted average exercise price of options under the LTIP at 2 July 2016 is as follows:

Outstanding at beginning of the period

Granted during the period

Adjusted during the period

Exercised during the period

Lapsed during the period

Outstanding at end of the period

Number
 of shares 
under option
2016

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
2016

Number 
of shares 
under option
2015

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
2015

169,058 

248,551 

– 

(36,915)

(101,374)

279,320 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

794,753 

50,494 

10,747 

(249,168)

(437,768)

169,058 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

The total expense/(income) recognised in the income statement arising from share-based payments is as follows:

LTIP

2016
£’m

0.3 

2015
£’m

(0.9)

13 Contingent liability
The Company and certain subsidiaries have given joint and several guarantees in connection with all bank facilities provided by 
the Group’s principal bankers.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

123

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   123

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:58

Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements CONTINUED
For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

14 Related party disclosure
The amount due to the Company from subsidiary undertakings is set out in note 4. Transactions between the Company and its 
subsidiaries were as follows:

Cash paid to Group undertakings

Cash received from Group undertakings

Dividends received and receivable

Net interest receivable

2016
£’m

2.6 

(120.4)

(359.0)

1.4 

2015
£’m

2.5 

(191.3)

(35.9)

(5.4)

Key management personnel
All employees of the Company are key management personnel.

Directors of the Company and their close relatives control 51.3% (2015: 55.4%) of the voting shares of the Company.

Disclosures relating to remuneration of Directors are set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 54 to 77.

15 Subsequent events
There are no reportable subsequent events for Dunelm Group plc.

124

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   124

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:58

 
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements CONTINUED

Advisers and Contacts

For the 52 weeks ended 2 July 2016

i

s
l
a
c
n
a
n
fi

Corporate Brokers and 
Financial Advisers

Legal Advisers

Independent auditors

Principal Bankers

Registrars

Financial Public Relations

Registered Office

UBS Investment Bank
1 Finsbury Avenue
London EC2M 2PP
Tel: 020 7567 8000

Stifel Nicolaus Europe Limited
150 Cheapside
London EC2V 6ET
Tel: 020 7710 7600

Allen & Overy LLP
One Bishops Square
London E1 6AO
Tel: 020 3088 0000

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Cornwall Court
19 Cornwall Street
Birmingham B3 2DT
Tel: 0121 265 5000

Barclays Bank PLC
Midlands Corporate Banking
PO Box 333 
15 Colmore Row
Birmingham B3 2WN
Tel: 0345 755 5555

Equiniti
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex BN99 6DA
Tel: 0371 384 20301

MHP Communications
60 Great Portland Street
London W1W 7RT
Tel: 020 3128 8100

Store Support Centre
Watermead Business Park
Syston
Leicestershire LE7 1AD
Company Registration No: 4708277

Investor Relations

investorrelations@dunelm.com
Tel: 0116 264 4439

1.   If dialling internationally, call +44 121 415 7047. The helpline is open Monday to Friday 8.30am to 5.30pm, excluding bank holidays.

Dunelm Group plc Annual Report and Accounts for the period ended 2 July 2016

125

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   125

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:58

Store Listing

Superstores

Aberdeen

Ashford

Ballymena

Banbury

Bangor

Barnsley

Barnstaple

Barrow-in-Furness

Basingstoke

Bedford

Belfast

Birmingham Bordesley

Birmingham Erdington

Blackburn

Blackpool

Bolton

Bournemouth

Bradford

Bridgend

Bristol Brislington

Broadstairs

Bromborough

Burton

Bury St Edmunds

Cambridge

Cannock

Canterbury

Cardiff

Carlisle

Carmarthen

Catford

Cheltenham

Chester

Chesterfield

Colchester

Coleraine

Colliers Wood

Coventry

Cramlington

High Street

Boston (2 stores)

Hinckley

Online

dunelm.com

Crewe

Croydon

Dartford

Derby

Doncaster

Dumfries

Dundee

Dunstable

Eastbourne

Edinburgh Straiton

Enfield

Exeter

Falkirk

Fareham

Glasgow Clydebank

Glasgow Paisley

Glasgow Uddingston

Gloucester

Grantham

Grimsby

Halifax

Harlow

Hartlepool

Hastings

Hemel Hempstead

Hereford

High Wycombe

Huddersfield

Hull

Huntingdon

Ilkeston

Inverness

Ipswich

Keighley

Kettering

Kidderminster

Kilmarnock

Kirkcaldy

Lancaster

Newcastle-under-Lyme

Sheffield Hillsborough

Leeds

Leicester Thurmaston

Lincoln

Liverpool Garston

Liverpool Sefton

Llanelli

Londonderry

Loughborough

Lowestoft

Maidstone

Manchester Ashton-under-
Lyne

Manchester Radcliffe

Manchester Trafford

Mansfield

Milton Keynes

Newbury

Newport

Newport Isle of Wight

Newtownabbey

North Shields

Northampton

Norwich

Nottingham

Nuneaton

Oldbury

Oxford

Perth

Peterborough

Plymouth

Pontypridd

Preston

Reading

Rochdale

Romford

Rotherham

Rugby

Rustington

St Albans

St Helens

Salisbury

Scarborough

Scunthorpe

Sheffield Woodseats

Shoreham

Shrewsbury Sundorne

Sittingbourne

Southampton

Southport

Stafford

Stevenage

Stockport

Stockton-on-Tees

Stoke-on-Trent Fenton

Sunderland

Swansea

Swindon

Taunton

Telford

Thurrock

Torquay

Truro

Wakefield

Walsall

Warrington

Wellingborough

West London Greenford

West London Harrow

Weston-super-Mare

Wisbech

Wolverhampton

Worcester

Workington

Wrexham

York

126

dunelm.com Stock code: DNLM                                           

Dunelm AR2016-back.indd   126

24722.04    12 October 2016 7:29 AM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   16:02:58

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   6

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5  

20/10/2016   15:57:11

dunelm.com
Tel: 0116 264 4439
Email: investorrelations@dunelm.com

D

u

n

e

l

m

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

f

o

r

t

h

e

p

e

r

i

o

d

e

n

d

e

d

2

J

u

l

y

2

0

1

6

Dunelm AR2016-front.indd   1

24722.04    20 October 2016 3:56 PM   PROOF 5

20/10/2016   15:57:03